summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-typec48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl2950147
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si113322
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/mm/idle_page_tracking.rst5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/m4if.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/tigerp.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/insignal-boards.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-exynos5440.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa2xx-lcdc.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa300-gcu.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.txt47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi-master-ast-cf.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-fsi.txt40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl345.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/isl29501.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/keys.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21029.txt35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/eeti.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/resistive-adc-touch.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/riscv,cpu-intc.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/madera.txt102
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-of-dwcmshc.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mux/adi,adgs1408.txt48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/sc27xx-efuse.txt52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sr-pcie-phy.txt41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-pcie.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,madera-pinctrl.txt99
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,ds2760.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-mediatek.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-axg-audio-arb.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.txt52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt56
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/xlnx,opb-uartlite.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/slimbus/slim-ngd-qcom-ctrl.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,davinci-timer.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/npcm7xx-usb.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/typec-tcpci.txt49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sp805-wdt.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stm32-iwdg.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/slimbus.rst5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst136
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/early-userspace/README6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/Locking3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt81
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fpga/dfl.txt285
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/raspberrypi-hwmon22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i80111
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/gpio-fault-injection49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/dpaa2/dpio-driver.rst158
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ti-cpsw.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/process/changes.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt136
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds24382
203 files changed, 3969 insertions, 523 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-typec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..32623514ee87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-typec
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+These files are deprecated and will be removed. The same files are available
+under /sys/bus/typec (see Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec).
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/svid
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The SVID (Standard or Vendor ID) assigned by USB-IF for this
+ alternate mode.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Every supported mode will have its own directory. The name of
+ a mode will be "mode<index>" (for example mode1), where <index>
+ is the actual index to the mode VDO returned by Discover Modes
+ USB power delivery command.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/description
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows description of the mode. The description is optional for
+ the drivers, just like with the Billboard Devices.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/vdo
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the VDO in hexadecimal returned by Discover Modes command
+ for this mode.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/active
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows if the mode is active or not. The attribute can be used
+ for entering/exiting the mode with partners and cable plugs, and
+ with the port alternate modes it can be used for disabling
+ support for specific alternate modes. Entering/exiting modes is
+ supported as synchronous operation so write(2) to the attribute
+ does not return until the enter/exit mode operation has
+ finished. The attribute is notified when the mode is
+ entered/exited so poll(2) on the attribute wakes up.
+ Entering/exiting a mode will also generate uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
+
+ Valid values: yes, no
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
index 3eaffbb2d468..3fed8fdb873d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -42,6 +42,13 @@ Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Description: The 16 bit vendor ID of the device
Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and user level RDMA libraries
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/numa_node
+Date: Jul 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
+Description: This NUMA node to which the VMBUS device is
+ attached, or -1 if the node is unknown.
+
What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>
Date: September. 2017
KernelVersion: 4.14
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d9d117d457e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+ asic_health
+
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description: This file shows ASIC health status. The possible values are:
+ 0 - health failed, 2 - health OK, 3 - ASIC in booting state.
+
+ The files are read only.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+ cpld1_version
+ cpld2_version
+
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned
+ on carrier and switch boards.
+
+ The files are read only.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/select_iio
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description: This file allows iio devices selection.
+
+ Attribute select_iio can be written with 0 or with 1. It
+ selects which one of iio devices can be accessed.
+
+ The file is read/write.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/psu1_on
+ /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/psu2_on
+ /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/pwr_cycle
+ /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/pwr_down
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description: These files allow asserting system power cycling, switching
+ power supply units on and off and system's main power domain
+ shutdown.
+ Expected behavior:
+ When pwr_cycle is written 1: auxiliary power domain will go
+ down and after short period (about 1 second) up.
+ When psu1_on or psu2_on is written 1, related unit will be
+ disconnected from the power source, when written 0 - connected.
+ If both are written 1 - power supplies main power domain will
+ go down.
+ When pwr_down is written 1, system's main power domain will go
+ down.
+
+ The files are write only.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+ reset_aux_pwr_or_ref
+ reset_asic_thermal
+ reset_hotswap_or_halt
+ reset_hotswap_or_wd
+ reset_fw_reset
+ reset_long_pb
+ reset_main_pwr_fail
+ reset_short_pb
+ reset_sw_reset
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description: These files show the system reset cause, as following: power
+ auxiliary outage or power refresh, ASIC thermal shutdown, halt,
+ hotswap, watchdog, firmware reset, long press power button,
+ short press power button, software reset. Value 1 in file means
+ this is reset cause, 0 - otherwise. Only one of the above
+ causes could be 1 at the same time, representing only last
+ reset cause.
+
+ The files are read only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index 1ba0d0fda9c0..9281e2aa38df 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -263,3 +263,8 @@ Description: Specific streaming header descriptors
is connected
bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming
interface
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Description: UVC configfs function instance name
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace
index 2e8b93741270..9606aed33137 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace
@@ -13,10 +13,11 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Description: Write an integer containing the size in bytes of the memory
you want removed from each NUMA node to this file - it must be
aligned to the memblock size. This amount of RAM will be removed
- from the kernel mappings and the following debugfs files will be
- created. This can only be successfully done once per boot. Once
- memory is successfully removed from each node, the following
- files are created.
+ from each NUMA node in the kernel mappings and the following
+ debugfs files will be created. Once memory is successfully
+ removed from each node, the following files are created. To
+ re-add memory to the kernel, echo 0 into this file (it will be
+ automatically onlined).
What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>
Date: Aug 2017
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
index 4fe677ed1305..ab49b9ac3bcb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
@@ -83,3 +83,11 @@ KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
Description: (R) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC.
The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8,
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size
+Date: December 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Size of the trace buffer for TMC-ETR when used in SYSFS
+ mode. Writable only for TMC-ETR configurations. The value
+ should be aligned to the kernel pagesize.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index 731146c3b138..a5b4f223641d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -197,6 +197,18 @@ Description:
Angle of rotation. Units after application of scale and offset
are radians.
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be
+ arbitrarily assigned but should match other such assignments on
+ device).
+ Units after application of scale and offset are milli percents
+ from the pad's size in both directions. Should be calibrated by
+ the consumer.
+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw
@@ -1295,13 +1307,16 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uv_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_duv_raw
KernelVersion: 3.4
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate
that measurements contain visible and infrared light
- components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier uv indicates
- that measurements contain ultraviolet light components.
+ components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier
+ uv indicates that measurements contain ultraviolet light
+ components. Modifier duv indicates that measurements
+ contain deep ultraviolet light components.
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_uvindex_input
KernelVersion: 4.6
@@ -1663,3 +1678,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.12
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Raw counter device counters direction for channel Y.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_phaseY_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y
+ that can be processed to radians. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d009cfbbd72b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This sensor has an automatic gain control (agc) loop
+ which sets the analog signal levels at an optimum
+ level by controlling programmable gain amplifiers. The
+ criteria for optimal gain is determined by the sensor.
+
+ Return the actual gain value as an integer in [0; 65536]
+ range when read from.
+
+ The agc gain read when measuring crosstalk shall be
+ written into in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The sensor is able to perform correction of distance
+ measurements due to changing temperature and ambient
+ light conditions. It can be programmed to correct for
+ a second order error polynomial.
+
+ Phase data has to be collected when temperature and
+ ambient light are modulated independently.
+
+ Then a least squares curve fit to a second order
+ polynomial has to be generated from the data. The
+ resultant curves have the form ax^2 + bx + c.
+
+ From those two curves, a and b coefficients shall be
+ stored in in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a and
+ in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b for temperature and
+ in in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a and
+ in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b for ambient light.
+
+ Those values must be integer in [0; 8355840] range.
+
+ Finally, the c constant is set by the sensor
+ internally.
+
+ The value stored in sensor is displayed when read from.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6f130cdb26a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_small_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 1
+ dark photodiode. "small" indicate the surface area capturing
+ infrared.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_large_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 4
+ dark photodiodes. "large" indicate the surface area capturing
+ infrared.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_large_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less light intensity with more diodes.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..205d9c91e2e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows if the mode is active or not. The attribute can be used
+ for entering/exiting the mode. Entering/exiting modes is
+ supported as synchronous operation so write(2) to the attribute
+ does not return until the enter/exit mode operation has
+ finished. The attribute is notified when the mode is
+ entered/exited so poll(2) on the attribute wakes up.
+ Entering/exiting a mode will also generate uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
+
+ Valid values are boolean.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../description
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows description of the mode. The description is optional for
+ the drivers, just like with the Billboard Devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../mode
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The index number of the mode returned by Discover Modes USB
+ Power Delivery command. Depending on the alternate mode, the
+ mode index may be significant.
+
+ With some alternate modes (SVIDs), the mode index is assigned
+ for specific functionality in the specification for that
+ alternate mode.
+
+ With other alternate modes, the mode index values are not
+ assigned, and can not be therefore used for identification. When
+ the mode index is not assigned, identifying the alternate mode
+ must be done with either mode VDO or the description.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../svid
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The Standard or Vendor ID (SVID) assigned by USB-IF for this
+ alternate mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../vdo
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the VDO in hexadecimal returned by Discover Modes command
+ for this mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
index 23056c532fdd..5284fa33d4c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
@@ -35,3 +35,27 @@ Description: Read fpga manager state as a string.
* write complete = Doing post programming steps
* write complete error = Error while doing post programming
* operating = FPGA is programmed and operating
+
+What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/status
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read fpga manager status as a string.
+ If FPGA programming operation fails, it could be caused by crc
+ error or incompatible bitstream image. The intent of this
+ interface is to provide more detailed information for FPGA
+ programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for
+ the supported status.
+
+ * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware.
+ e.g. start reconfiguration
+ with errors not cleared
+ * reconfig CRC error - CRC error detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware.
+ * reconfig incompatible image - reconfiguration image is
+ incompatible with hardware
+ * reconfig IP protocol error - protocol errors detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware
+ * reconfig fifo overflow error - FIFO overflow detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bc7ec644acc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/class/fpga_region/<region>/compat_id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: FPGA region id for compatibility check, e.g. compatibility
+ of the FPGA reconfiguration hardware and image. This value
+ is defined or calculated by the layer that is creating the
+ FPGA region. This interface returns the compat_id value or
+ just error code -ENOENT in case compat_id is not used.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2467b6900eae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/class/gnss/gnssN/type
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect
+ the protocol(s) supported by the receiver:
+
+ "NMEA" NMEA 0183
+ "SiRF" SiRF Binary
+ "UBX" UBX
+
+ Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a
+ subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow
+ switching to a vendor protocol).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
index 81ff6abf9673..17d7444a2397 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
@@ -54,3 +54,14 @@ Description: Configure tx queue limit
Set maximal number of pending writes
per opened session.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_ver
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display the ME firmware version.
+
+ The version of the platform ME firmware is in format:
+ <platform>:<major>.<minor>.<milestone>.<build_no>.
+ There can be up to three such blocks for different
+ FW components.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
index 5be552e255e9..d7647b258c3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
@@ -222,70 +222,12 @@ Description:
available. The value can be polled.
-Alternate Mode devices.
+USB Type-C port alternate mode devices.
-The alternate modes will have Standard or Vendor ID (SVID) assigned by USB-IF.
-The ports, partners and cable plugs can have alternate modes. A supported SVID
-will consist of a set of modes. Every SVID a port/partner/plug supports will
-have a device created for it, and every supported mode for a supported SVID will
-have its own directory under that device. Below <dev> refers to the device for
-the alternate mode.
-
-What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/svid
-Date: April 2017
-Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
-Description:
- The SVID (Standard or Vendor ID) assigned by USB-IF for this
- alternate mode.
-
-What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/
-Date: April 2017
-Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
-Description:
- Every supported mode will have its own directory. The name of
- a mode will be "mode<index>" (for example mode1), where <index>
- is the actual index to the mode VDO returned by Discover Modes
- USB power delivery command.
-
-What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/description
-Date: April 2017
-Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
-Description:
- Shows description of the mode. The description is optional for
- the drivers, just like with the Billboard Devices.
-
-What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/vdo
-Date: April 2017
-Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
-Description:
- Shows the VDO in hexadecimal returned by Discover Modes command
- for this mode.
-
-What: /sys/class/typec/<port|partner|cable>/<dev>/mode<index>/active
-Date: April 2017
-Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
-Description:
- Shows if the mode is active or not. The attribute can be used
- for entering/exiting the mode with partners and cable plugs, and
- with the port alternate modes it can be used for disabling
- support for specific alternate modes. Entering/exiting modes is
- supported as synchronous operation so write(2) to the attribute
- does not return until the enter/exit mode operation has
- finished. The attribute is notified when the mode is
- entered/exited so poll(2) on the attribute wakes up.
- Entering/exiting a mode will also generate uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
-
- Valid values: yes, no
-
-What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/<dev>/mode<index>/supported_roles
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/<alt mode>/supported_roles
Date: April 2017
Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
Description:
Space separated list of the supported roles.
- This attribute is available for the devices describing the
- alternate modes a port supports, and it will not be exposed with
- the devices presenting the alternate modes the partners or cable
- plugs support.
-
Valid values: source, sink
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..231471ad0d4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/configuration
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current DisplayPort configuration for the connector.
+ Valid values are USB, source and sink. Source means DisplayPort
+ source, and sink means DisplayPort sink.
+
+ All supported configurations are listed as space separated list
+ with the active one wrapped in square brackets.
+
+ Source example:
+
+ USB [source] sink
+
+ The configuration can be changed by writing to the file
+
+ Note. USB configuration does not equal to Exit Mode. It is
+ separate configuration defined in VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on
+ USB Type-C Standard. Functionally it equals to the situation
+ where the mode has been exited (to exit the mode, see
+ Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec, and use file
+ /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active).
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/pin_assignment
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard defines six
+ different pin assignments for USB Type-C connector that are
+ labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The supported pin assignments are
+ listed as space separated list with the active one wrapped in
+ square brackets.
+
+ Example:
+
+ C [D]
+
+ Pin assignment can be changed by writing to the file. It is
+ possible to set pin assignment before configuration has been
+ set, but the assignment will not be active before the
+ connector is actually configured.
+
+ Note. As of VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard
+ version 1.0b, pin assignments A, B, and F are deprecated. Only
+ pin assignment D can now carry simultaneously one channel of
+ USB SuperSpeed protocol. From user perspective pin assignments C
+ and E are equal, where all channels on the connector are used
+ for carrying DisplayPort protocol (allowing higher resolutions).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 9b0123388f18..94a24aedcdb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -51,6 +51,14 @@ Description:
Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update
policies.
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_seq_blocks
+Date: August 2018
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Controls the dirty page count condition for batched sequential
+ writes in ->writepages.
+
+
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_hot_blocks
Date: March 2017
Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8fa4febfa4b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/ports_num
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. One DFL FPGA device may have more than 1
+ port/Accelerator Function Unit (AFU). It returns the
+ number of ports on the FPGA device when read it.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region)
+ identifier number, which includes the detailed version
+ and other information of this static FPGA region.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_metadata
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) meta
+ data, which includes the synthesis date, seed and other
+ information of this static FPGA region.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a92dda517b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns id of this port. One DFL FPGA device
+ may have more than one port. Userspace could use this id to
+ distinguish different ports under same FPGA device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/afu_id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. User can program different PR bitstreams to FPGA
+ Accelerator Function Unit (AFU) for different functions. It
+ returns uuid which could be used to identify which PR bitstream
+ is programmed in this AFU.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index 1746131bc9cb..184193bcb262 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -1072,6 +1072,24 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
high limit is used and monitored properly, this limit's
utility is limited to providing the final safety net.
+ memory.oom.group
+ A read-write single value file which exists on non-root
+ cgroups. The default value is "0".
+
+ Determines whether the cgroup should be treated as
+ an indivisible workload by the OOM killer. If set,
+ all tasks belonging to the cgroup or to its descendants
+ (if the memory cgroup is not a leaf cgroup) are killed
+ together or not at all. This can be used to avoid
+ partial kills to guarantee workload integrity.
+
+ Tasks with the OOM protection (oom_score_adj set to -1000)
+ are treated as an exception and are never killed.
+
+ If the OOM killer is invoked in a cgroup, it's not going
+ to kill any tasks outside of this cgroup, regardless
+ memory.oom.group values of ancestor cgroups.
+
memory.events
A read-only flat-keyed file which exists on non-root cgroups.
The following entries are defined. Unless specified
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt
index 4ec843123cc3..1649117e6087 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt
@@ -173,14 +173,18 @@
they are redirected through the parport multiplex layer.
7 char Virtual console capture devices
- 0 = /dev/vcs Current vc text contents
- 1 = /dev/vcs1 tty1 text contents
+ 0 = /dev/vcs Current vc text (glyph) contents
+ 1 = /dev/vcs1 tty1 text (glyph) contents
...
- 63 = /dev/vcs63 tty63 text contents
- 128 = /dev/vcsa Current vc text/attribute contents
- 129 = /dev/vcsa1 tty1 text/attribute contents
+ 63 = /dev/vcs63 tty63 text (glyph) contents
+ 64 = /dev/vcsu Current vc text (unicode) contents
+ 65 = /dev/vcsu1 tty1 text (unicode) contents
...
- 191 = /dev/vcsa63 tty63 text/attribute contents
+ 127 = /dev/vcsu63 tty63 text (unicode) contents
+ 128 = /dev/vcsa Current vc text/attribute (glyph) contents
+ 129 = /dev/vcsa1 tty1 text/attribute (glyph) contents
+ ...
+ 191 = /dev/vcsa63 tty63 text/attribute (glyph) contents
NOTE: These devices permit both read and write access.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index adafe47ac376..9871e649ffef 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -812,6 +812,15 @@
Defaults to the default architecture's huge page size
if not specified.
+ deferred_probe_timeout=
+ [KNL] Debugging option to set a timeout in seconds for
+ deferred probe to give up waiting on dependencies to
+ probe. Only specific dependencies (subsystems or
+ drivers) that have opted in will be ignored. A timeout of 0
+ will timeout at the end of initcalls. This option will also
+ dump out devices still on the deferred probe list after
+ retrying.
+
dhash_entries= [KNL]
Set number of hash buckets for dentry cache.
@@ -1735,7 +1744,8 @@
merge
nomerge
soft
- pt [x86, IA-64]
+ pt [x86]
+ nopt [x86]
nobypass [PPC/POWERNV]
Disable IOMMU bypass, using IOMMU for PCI devices.
@@ -2784,6 +2794,10 @@
nosmt=force: Force disable SMT, cannot be undone
via the sysfs control file.
+ nospectre_v1 [PPC] Disable mitigations for Spectre Variant 1 (bounds
+ check bypass). With this option data leaks are possible
+ in the system.
+
nospectre_v2 [X86] Disable all mitigations for the Spectre variant 2
(indirect branch prediction) vulnerability. System may
allow data leaks with this option, which is equivalent
@@ -3028,8 +3042,9 @@
on: enable the feature
page_poison= [KNL] Boot-time parameter changing the state of
- poisoning on the buddy allocator.
- off: turn off poisoning
+ poisoning on the buddy allocator, available with
+ CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING=y.
+ off: turn off poisoning (default)
on: turn on poisoning
panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay <timeout>
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/idle_page_tracking.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/idle_page_tracking.rst
index 6f7b7ca1add3..df9394fb39c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/idle_page_tracking.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/idle_page_tracking.rst
@@ -65,6 +65,11 @@ workload one should:
are not reclaimable, he or she can filter them out using
``/proc/kpageflags``.
+The page-types tool in the tools/vm directory can be used to assist in this.
+If the tool is run initially with the appropriate option, it will mark all the
+queried pages as idle. Subsequent runs of the tool can then show which pages have
+their idle flag cleared in the interim.
+
See :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst <pagemap>` for more
information about ``/proc/pid/pagemap``, ``/proc/kpageflags``, and
``/proc/kpagecgroup``.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst
index 577af85beb41..3f7bade2c231 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst
@@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ There are four components to pagemap:
* ``/proc/kpagecount``. This file contains a 64-bit count of the number of
times each page is mapped, indexed by PFN.
+The page-types tool in the tools/vm directory can be used to query the
+number of times a page is mapped.
+
* ``/proc/kpageflags``. This file contains a 64-bit set of flags for each
page, indexed by PFN.
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
index b5379fb740a5..26b735cefb93 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ Core utilities
errseq
printk-formats
circular-buffers
+ mm-api
gfp_mask-from-fs-io
timekeeping
boot-time-mm
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
index 76fe2d0f5e7d..3431337ee4e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
@@ -39,6 +39,10 @@ String Manipulation
.. kernel-doc:: lib/string.c
:export:
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c
+ :functions: kstrdup kstrdup_const kstrndup kmemdup kmemdup_nul memdup_user
+ vmemdup_user strndup_user memdup_user_nul
+
Basic Kernel Library Functions
==============================
@@ -155,60 +159,6 @@ UUID/GUID
.. kernel-doc:: lib/uuid.c
:export:
-Memory Management in Linux
-==========================
-
-The Slab Cache
---------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/slab.h
- :internal:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/slab.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c
- :export:
-
-User Space Memory Access
-------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess.h
- :internal:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c
- :export:
-
-More Memory Management Functions
---------------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/readahead.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/filemap.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/memory.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/vmalloc.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/page_alloc.c
- :internal:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/mempool.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/dmapool.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/page-writeback.c
- :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/truncate.c
- :export:
-
Kernel IPC facilities
=====================
@@ -437,4 +387,3 @@ Read-Copy Update (RCU)
.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/rcu_sync.h
.. kernel-doc:: kernel/rcu/sync.c
-
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..46ae3537fb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+======================
+Memory Management APIs
+======================
+
+User Space Memory Access
+========================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess.h
+ :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c
+ :functions: get_user_pages_fast
+
+Memory Allocation Controls
+==========================
+
+Functions which need to allocate memory often use GFP flags to express
+how that memory should be allocated. The GFP acronym stands for "get
+free pages", the underlying memory allocation function. Not every GFP
+flag is allowed to every function which may allocate memory. Most
+users will want to use a plain ``GFP_KERNEL``.
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h
+ :doc: Page mobility and placement hints
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h
+ :doc: Watermark modifiers
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h
+ :doc: Reclaim modifiers
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h
+ :doc: Common combinations
+
+The Slab Cache
+==============
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/slab.h
+ :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/slab.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c
+ :functions: kfree_const kvmalloc_node kvfree
+
+More Memory Management Functions
+================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/readahead.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/filemap.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/memory.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/vmalloc.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/page_alloc.c
+ :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/mempool.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/dmapool.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/page-writeback.c
+ :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/truncate.c
+ :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d8af9e36065..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Adapteva Platforms Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------------------
-
-Parallella board
-
-Required root node properties:
- - compatible = "adapteva,parallella";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
index 69880560c0f0..b5c2b5c35766 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
@@ -41,6 +41,14 @@ Boards with the Amlogic Meson GXL S905D SoC shall have the following properties:
Required root node property:
compatible: "amlogic,s905d", "amlogic,meson-gxl";
+Boards with the Amlogic Meson GXL S805X SoC shall have the following properties:
+ Required root node property:
+ compatible: "amlogic,s805x", "amlogic,meson-gxl";
+
+Boards with the Amlogic Meson GXL S905W SoC shall have the following properties:
+ Required root node property:
+ compatible: "amlogic,s905w", "amlogic,meson-gxl";
+
Boards with the Amlogic Meson GXM S912 SoC shall have the following properties:
Required root node property:
compatible: "amlogic,s912", "amlogic,meson-gxm";
@@ -79,6 +87,11 @@ Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC):
- "amlogic,p230" (Meson gxl s905d)
- "amlogic,p231" (Meson gxl s905d)
+ - "amlogic,p241" (Meson gxl s805x)
+
+ - "amlogic,p281" (Meson gxl s905w)
+ - "oranth,tx3-mini" (Meson gxl s905w)
+
- "amlogic,q200" (Meson gxm s912)
- "amlogic,q201" (Meson gxm s912)
- "khadas,vim2" (Meson gxm s912)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 795cc78543fe..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-* Power Management Controller (PMC)
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-pmc".
- <chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12,
- at91sam9x5, sama5d3
-
-- reg: Should contain PMC registers location and length
-
-Examples:
- pmc: pmc@fffffc00 {
- compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc";
- reg = <0xfffffc00 0x100>;
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
index c052caad36e8..104cc9b41df4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
@@ -189,7 +189,11 @@ Power-Down (SRPD), among other things.
Required properties:
- compatible : should contain one of these
+ "brcm,brcmstb-memc-ddr-rev-b.2.1"
"brcm,brcmstb-memc-ddr-rev-b.2.2"
+ "brcm,brcmstb-memc-ddr-rev-b.2.3"
+ "brcm,brcmstb-memc-ddr-rev-b.3.0"
+ "brcm,brcmstb-memc-ddr-rev-b.3.1"
"brcm,brcmstb-memc-ddr"
- reg : the MEMC DDR register range
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
index 15ac8e8dcfdf..5d1ad09bafb4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ its hardware characteristcs.
- System Trace Macrocell:
"arm,coresight-stm", "arm,primecell"; [1]
+ - Coresight Address Translation Unit (CATU)
+ "arm,coresight-catu", "arm,primecell";
* reg: physical base address and length of the register
set(s) of the component.
@@ -84,8 +86,15 @@ its hardware characteristcs.
* Optional property for TMC:
* arm,buffer-size: size of contiguous buffer space for TMC ETR
- (embedded trace router)
+ (embedded trace router). This property is obsolete. The buffer size
+ can be configured dynamically via buffer_size property in sysfs.
+ * arm,scatter-gather: boolean. Indicates that the TMC-ETR can safely
+ use the SG mode on this system.
+
+* Optional property for CATU :
+ * interrupts : Exactly one SPI may be listed for reporting the address
+ error
Example:
@@ -118,6 +127,35 @@ Example:
};
};
+ etr@20070000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-tmc", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x20070000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+ ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ /* input port */
+ port@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ etr_in_port: endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&replicator2_out_port0>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /* CATU link represented by output port */
+ port@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ etr_out_port: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&catu_in_port>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
2. Links
replicator {
/* non-configurable replicators don't show up on the
@@ -247,5 +285,23 @@ Example:
};
};
+5. CATU
+
+ catu@207e0000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-catu", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x207e0000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ port {
+ catu_in_port: endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&etr_out_port>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
[1]. There is currently two version of STM: STM32 and STM500. Both
have the same HW interface and as such don't need an explicit binding name.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
index 7809fbe0cdb7..9b5685a1d15d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ cpus {
};
idle-states {
- entry-method = "arm,psci";
+ entry-method = "psci";
CPU_SLEEP_0: cpu-sleep-0 {
compatible = "arm,idle-state";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
index 29e1dc5d506d..96dfccc0faa8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ described below.
"marvell,sheeva-v5"
"nvidia,tegra132-denver"
"nvidia,tegra186-denver"
+ "nvidia,tegra194-carmel"
"qcom,krait"
"qcom,kryo"
"qcom,kryo385"
@@ -219,6 +220,7 @@ described below.
"qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
"qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
"renesas,apmu"
+ "renesas,r9a06g032-smp"
"rockchip,rk3036-smp"
"rockchip,rk3066-smp"
"ste,dbx500-smp"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/m4if.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/m4if.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..93bd7b867a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/m4if.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Freescale Multi Master Multi Memory Interface (M4IF) module
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "fsl,imx51-m4if"
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+m4if: m4if@83fd8000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx51-m4if";
+ reg = <0x83fd8000 0x1000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/tigerp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/tigerp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..19e2aad63d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/tigerp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Freescale Tigerp platform module
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "fsl,imx51-tigerp"
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+tigerp: tigerp@83fa0000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx51-tigerp";
+ reg = <0x83fa0000 0x28>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
index cdb9dd705754..8a1baa2b9723 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
@@ -53,6 +53,10 @@ i.MX6 Quad SABRE Automotive Board
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6q";
+i.MX6SLL EVK board
+Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "fsl,imx6sll-evk", "fsl,imx6sll";
+
Generic i.MX boards
-------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
index 7a591333f2b1..2c73847499ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ processor idle states, defined as device tree nodes, are listed.
Value type: <stringlist>
Usage and definition depend on ARM architecture version.
# On ARM v8 64-bit this property is required and must
- be one of:
- - "psci" (see bindings in [2])
+ be:
+ - "psci"
# On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional
The nodes describing the idle states (state) can only be defined within the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/insignal-boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/insignal-boards.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 524c3dc5d808..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/insignal-boards.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-* Insignal's Exynos4210 based Origen evaluation board
-
-Origen low-cost evaluation board is based on Samsung's Exynos4210 SoC.
-
-Required root node properties:
- - compatible = should be one or more of the following.
- (a) "samsung,smdkv310" - for Samsung's SMDKV310 eval board.
- (b) "samsung,exynos4210" - for boards based on Exynos4210 SoC.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
index 7d21ab37c19c..8f260e5cfd16 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ compatible: Must contain one of
"mediatek,mt6589"
"mediatek,mt6592"
"mediatek,mt6755"
+ "mediatek,mt6765"
"mediatek,mt6795"
"mediatek,mt6797"
"mediatek,mt7622"
@@ -41,12 +42,18 @@ Supported boards:
- Evaluation phone for MT6755(Helio P10):
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "mediatek,mt6755-evb", "mediatek,mt6755";
+- Evaluation board for MT6765(Helio P22):
+ Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "mediatek,mt6765-evb", "mediatek,mt6765";
- Evaluation board for MT6795(Helio X10):
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "mediatek,mt6795-evb", "mediatek,mt6795";
- Evaluation board for MT6797(Helio X20):
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "mediatek,mt6797-evb", "mediatek,mt6797";
+- Mediatek X20 Development Board:
+ Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "archermind,mt6797-x20-dev", "mediatek,mt6797";
- Reference board variant 1 for MT7622:
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-rfb1", "mediatek,mt7622";
@@ -59,9 +66,6 @@ Supported boards:
- Reference board for MT7623n with eMMC:
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623";
-- Reference board for MT7623n with NAND:
- Required root node properties:
- - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-nand", "mediatek,mt7623";
- Bananapi BPI-R2 board:
- compatible = "bananapi,bpi-r2", "mediatek,mt7623";
- MTK mt8127 tablet moose EVB:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
index b4f8a16e7e3b..6816adcdc15f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
Should be "ti,omap2-l4-wkup" for OMAP2 family l4 wkup bus
Should be "ti,omap3-l4-core" for OMAP3 family l4 core bus
Should be "ti,omap4-l4-cfg" for OMAP4 family l4 cfg bus
+ Should be "ti,omap4-l4-per" for OMAP4 family l4 per bus
Should be "ti,omap4-l4-wkup" for OMAP4 family l4 wkup bus
Should be "ti,omap5-l4-cfg" for OMAP5 family l4 cfg bus
Should be "ti,omap5-l4-wkup" for OMAP5 family l4 wkup bus
@@ -15,11 +16,21 @@ Required properties:
Should be "ti,am3-l4-wkup" for AM33xx family l4 wkup bus
Should be "ti,am4-l4-wkup" for AM43xx family l4 wkup bus
- ranges : contains the IO map range for the bus
+- reg : registers link agent and interconnect agent and access protection
+- reg-names : "la" for link agent, "ia0" to "ia3" for one to three
+ interconnect agent instances, "ap" for access if it exists
Examples:
-l4: l4@48000000 {
- compatible "ti,omap2-l4", "simple-bus";
+l4: interconnect@48000000 {
+ compatible "ti,omap4-l4-per", "simple-bus";
+ reg = <0x48000000 0x800>,
+ <0x48000800 0x800>,
+ <0x48001000 0x400>,
+ <0x48001400 0x400>,
+ <0x48001800 0x400>,
+ <0x48001c00 0x400>;
+ reg-names = "ap", "la", "ia0", "ia1", "ia2", "ia3";
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
ranges = <0 0x48000000 0x100000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
index 1c1d62d03c4f..acfd3c773dd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,10 @@
Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
---------------------------------------
+
+- 96boards RK3399 Ficus (ROCK960 Enterprise Edition)
+ Required root node properties:
+ - compatible = "vamrs,ficus", "rockchip,rk3399";
+
- Amarula Vyasa RK3288 board
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "amarula,vyasa-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
@@ -66,6 +71,15 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "geekbuying,geekbox", "rockchip,rk3368";
+- Google Bob (Asus Chromebook Flip C101PA):
+ Required root node properties:
+ compatible = "google,bob-rev13", "google,bob-rev12",
+ "google,bob-rev11", "google,bob-rev10",
+ "google,bob-rev9", "google,bob-rev8",
+ "google,bob-rev7", "google,bob-rev6",
+ "google,bob-rev5", "google,bob-rev4",
+ "google,bob", "google,gru", "rockchip,rk3399";
+
- Google Brain (dev-board):
Required root node properties:
- compatible = "google,veyron-brain-rev0", "google,veyron-brain",
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt
index 6970f30a3770..56021bf2a916 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
-* Samsung's Exynos SoC based boards
+* Samsung's Exynos and S5P SoC based boards
Required root node properties:
- compatible = should be one or more of the following.
+ - "samsung,aries" - for S5PV210-based Samsung Aries board.
+ - "samsung,fascinate4g" - for S5PV210-based Samsung Galaxy S Fascinate 4G (SGH-T959P) board.
+ - "samsung,galaxys" - for S5PV210-based Samsung Galaxy S (i9000) board.
- "samsung,artik5" - for Exynos3250-based Samsung ARTIK5 module.
- "samsung,artik5-eval" - for Exynos3250-based Samsung ARTIK5 eval board.
- "samsung,monk" - for Exynos3250-based Samsung Simband board.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
index d8cf740132c6..89b4a389fbc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ SoCs:
compatible = "renesas,r8a77990"
- R-Car D3 (R8A77995)
compatible = "renesas,r8a77995"
-
+ - RZ/N1D (R9A06G032)
+ compatible = "renesas,r9a06g032"
Boards:
@@ -112,6 +113,8 @@ Boards:
compatible = "renesas,porter", "renesas,r8a7791"
- RSKRZA1 (YR0K77210C000BE)
compatible = "renesas,rskrza1", "renesas,r7s72100"
+ - RZN1D-DB (RZ/N1D Demo Board for the RZ/N1D 400 pins package)
+ compatible = "renesas,rzn1d400-db", "renesas,r9a06g032"
- Salvator-X (RTP0RC7795SIPB0010S)
compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a7795"
- Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a059cabb2da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Texas Instruments K3 Multicore SoC architecture device tree bindings
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Platforms based on Texas Instruments K3 Multicore SoC architecture
+shall follow the following scheme:
+
+SoCs
+----
+
+Each device tree root node must specify which exact SoC in K3 Multicore SoC
+architecture it uses, using one of the following compatible values:
+
+- AM654
+ compatible = "ti,am654";
+
+Boards
+------
+
+In addition, each device tree root node must specify which one or more
+of the following board-specific compatible values:
+
+- AM654 EVM
+ compatible = "ti,am654-evm", "ti,am654";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt
index b9043bc35c14..26fe5ecc4332 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt
@@ -8,18 +8,38 @@ Required root node properties:
Additional compatible strings:
-- Xilinx internal board cc108
+- Adapteva Parallella board
+ "adapteva,parallella"
+
+- Avnet MicroZed board
+ "avnet,zynq-microzed"
+ "xlnx,zynq-microzed"
+
+- Avnet ZedBoard board
+ "avnet,zynq-zed"
+ "xlnx,zynq-zed"
+
+- Digilent Zybo board
+ "digilent,zynq-zybo"
+
+- Digilent Zybo Z7 board
+ "digilent,zynq-zybo-z7"
+
+- Xilinx CC108 internal board
"xlnx,zynq-cc108"
-- Xilinx internal board zc770 with different FMC cards
+- Xilinx ZC702 internal board
+ "xlnx,zynq-zc702"
+
+- Xilinx ZC706 internal board
+ "xlnx,zynq-zc706"
+
+- Xilinx ZC770 internal board, with different FMC cards
"xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm010"
"xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm011"
"xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm012"
"xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm013"
-- Digilent Zybo Z7 board
- "digilent,zynq-zybo-z7"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------
Xilinx Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC Platforms Device Tree Bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
index c760ecb81381..5d5bd456d9d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ Required properties:
- "marvell,armada-380-ahci"
- "marvell,armada-3700-ahci"
- "snps,dwc-ahci"
- - "snps,exynos5440-ahci"
- "snps,spear-ahci"
- "generic-ahci"
- interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
@@ -30,6 +29,7 @@ compatible:
Optional properties:
- dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent
- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+- resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs
- target-supply : regulator for SATA target power
- phys : reference to the SATA PHY node
- phy-names : must be "sata-phy"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt
index e20eac7a3087..4268e17d2411 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,sata-r8a7791" for R-Car M2-W
- "renesas,sata-r8a7793" for R-Car M2-N
- "renesas,sata-r8a7795" for R-Car H3
+ - "renesas,sata-r8a77965" for R-Car M3-N
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-sata" for a generic R-Car Gen2 compatible device
- "renesas,rcar-gen3-sata" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device
- "renesas,rcar-sata" is deprecated
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..87dfb33fb3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+Device tree bindings for Allwinner A64 DE2 bus
+
+The Allwinner A64 DE2 is on a special bus, which needs a SRAM region (SRAM C)
+to be claimed for enabling the access.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible: Should contain "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2"
+ - reg: A resource specifier for the register space
+ - #address-cells: Must be set to 1
+ - #size-cells: Must be set to 1
+ - ranges: Must be set up to map the address space inside the
+ DE2, for the sub-blocks of DE2.
+ - allwinner,sram: the SRAM that needs to be claimed
+
+Example:
+
+ de2@1000000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2";
+ reg = <0x1000000 0x400000>;
+ allwinner,sram = <&de2_sram 1>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges = <0 0x1000000 0x400000>;
+
+ display_clocks: clock@0 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-clk";
+ reg = <0x0 0x100000>;
+ clocks = <&ccu CLK_DE>,
+ <&ccu CLK_BUS_DE>;
+ clock-names = "mod",
+ "bus";
+ resets = <&ccu RST_BUS_DE>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
index d8ed5b780ed9..91dc2333af01 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ Required standard properties:
"ti,sysc-omap-aes"
"ti,sysc-mcasp"
"ti,sysc-usb-host-fs"
+ "ti,sysc-dra7-mcan"
- reg shall have register areas implemented for the interconnect
target module in question such as revision, sysc and syss
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
index 09968ee224d8..8f8f95056f3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
@@ -17,14 +17,13 @@ Required properties:
"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc":
at91 internal slow RC oscillator
- "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc" or
- "atmel,at91sam9g45-pmc" or
- "atmel,at91sam9n12-pmc" or
- "atmel,at91sam9x5-pmc" or
- "atmel,sama5d3-pmc":
+ "atmel,<chip>-pmc":
at91 PMC (Power Management Controller)
All at91 specific clocks (clocks defined below) must be child
node of the PMC node.
+ <chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261,
+ at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9x5,
+ sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4.
"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow" (under sckc node)
or
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c7d227c31e95..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-* Samsung Exynos5440 Clock Controller
-
-The Exynos5440 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
-controllers within the Exynos5440 SoC.
-
-Required Properties:
-
-- compatible: should be "samsung,exynos5440-clock".
-
-- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
- region.
-
-- #clock-cells: should be 1.
-
-Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
-to specify the clock which they consume.
-
-All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
-dt-bindings/clock/exynos5440.h header and can be used in device
-tree sources.
-
-Example: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
-
- clock: clock-controller@10010000 {
- compatible = "samsung,exynos5440-clock";
- reg = <0x160000 0x10000>;
- #clock-cells = <1>;
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
index e1463f14af38..8855bfcfd778 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,33 @@ Optional properties:
- type: size of the connector, should be specified in case of USB-A, USB-B
non-fullsize connectors: "mini", "micro".
+Optional properties for usb-c-connector:
+- power-role: should be one of "source", "sink" or "dual"(DRP) if typec
+ connector has power support.
+- try-power-role: preferred power role if "dual"(DRP) can support Try.SNK
+ or Try.SRC, should be "sink" for Try.SNK or "source" for Try.SRC.
+- data-role: should be one of "host", "device", "dual"(DRD) if typec
+ connector supports USB data.
+
+Required properties for usb-c-connector with power delivery support:
+- source-pdos: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power
+ source data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found
+ in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.2
+ Source_Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow
+ the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power source and power dual role.
+ User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR() defined in
+ dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
+- sink-pdos: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power
+ sink data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found
+ in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.3
+ Sink Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow
+ the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power sink and power dual role.
+ User can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR() defined in
+ dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
+- op-sink-microwatt: Sink required operating power in microwatt, if source
+ can't offer the power, Capability Mismatch is set. Required for power
+ sink and power dual role.
+
Required nodes:
- any data bus to the connector should be modeled using the OF graph bindings
specified in bindings/graph.txt, unless the bus is between parent node and
@@ -73,3 +100,20 @@ ccic: s2mm005@33 {
};
};
};
+
+3. USB-C connector attached to a typec port controller(ptn5110), which has
+power delivery support and enables drp.
+
+typec: ptn5110@50 {
+ ...
+ usb_con: connector {
+ compatible = "usb-c-connector";
+ label = "USB-C";
+ power-role = "dual";
+ try-power-role = "sink";
+ source-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 2000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)>;
+ sink-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 2000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)
+ PDO_VAR(5000, 12000, 2000)>;
+ op-sink-microwatt = <10000000>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-exynos5440.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-exynos5440.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index caff1a57436f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-exynos5440.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-
-Exynos5440 cpufreq driver
--------------------
-
-Exynos5440 SoC cpufreq driver for CPU frequency scaling.
-
-Required properties:
-- interrupts: Interrupt to know the completion of cpu frequency change.
-- operating-points: Table of frequencies and voltage CPU could be transitioned into,
- in the decreasing order. Frequency should be in KHz units and voltage
- should be in microvolts.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-latency: Clock monitor latency in microsecond.
-
-All the required listed above must be defined under node cpufreq.
-
-Example:
---------
- cpufreq@160000 {
- compatible = "samsung,exynos5440-cpufreq";
- reg = <0x160000 0x1000>;
- interrupts = <0 57 0>;
- operating-points = <
- 1000000 975000
- 800000 925000>;
- clock-latency = <100000>;
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa2xx-lcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa2xx-lcdc.txt
index f79641bd5f18..45ffd6c41748 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa2xx-lcdc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa2xx-lcdc.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ Required properties:
- interrupts : framebuffer controller interrupt.
- clocks: phandle to input clocks
+Optional properties:
+ - lcd-supply: A phandle to a power regulator that controls the LCD voltage.
+
Required nodes:
- port: connection to the LCD panel (see video-interfaces.txt)
This node must have its properties bus-width and remote-endpoint set.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa300-gcu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa300-gcu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9cfae5c4e8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/marvell,pxa300-gcu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+PXA3xx GCU Controller
+---------------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : "marvell,pxa300-gcu"
+ - reg : should contain the register range (address and length).
+ - interrupts : Controller interrupt.
+ - clocks: phandle to the PXA specific input clock.
+
+Example for PXA300:
+
+ display-controller@54000000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,pxa300-gcu";
+ reg = <0x54000000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <39>;
+ clocks = <&clks CLK_PXA300_GCU>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..03e9bb12b75f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+* Actions Semi Owl SoCs DMA controller
+
+This binding follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma.txt.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "actions,s900-dma".
+- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain 4 interrupts shared by all channel.
+- #dma-cells: Must be <1>. Used to represent the number of integer
+ cells in the dmas property of client device.
+- dma-channels: Physical channels supported.
+- dma-requests: Number of DMA request signals supported by the controller.
+ Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
+- clocks: Phandle and Specifier of the clock feeding the DMA controller.
+
+Example:
+
+Controller:
+ dma: dma-controller@e0260000 {
+ compatible = "actions,s900-dma";
+ reg = <0x0 0xe0260000 0x0 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 57 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 58 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 59 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 60 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ dma-channels = <12>;
+ dma-requests = <46>;
+ clocks = <&clock CLK_DMAC>;
+ };
+
+Client:
+
+DMA clients connected to the Actions Semi Owl SoCs DMA controller must
+use the format described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier
+for each channel.
+
+The two cells in order are:
+1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller.
+2. The channel id.
+
+uart5: serial@e012a000 {
+ ...
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ dmas = <&dma 26>, <&dma 27>;
+ ...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
index b1ba639554c0..946229c48657 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Required Properties:
- "renesas,dmac-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
- "renesas,dmac-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M)
- "renesas,dmac-r8a77980" (R-Car V3H)
+ - "renesas,dmac-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
- "renesas,dmac-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt
index a2b8bfaec43c..174af2c45e77 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt
@@ -66,6 +66,8 @@ Optional child node properties:
Optional child node properties for VDMA:
- xlnx,genlock-mode: Tells Genlock synchronization is
enabled/disabled in hardware.
+- xlnx,enable-vert-flip: Tells vertical flip is
+ enabled/disabled in hardware(S2MM path).
Optional child node properties for AXI DMA:
-dma-channels: Number of dma channels in child node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
index 61d833abafbf..aededdbc262b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
@@ -72,6 +72,8 @@ Optional properties:
- wp-gpios: GPIO to which the write-protect pin of the chip is connected.
+ - address-width: number of address bits (one of 8, 16).
+
Example:
eeprom@52 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi-master-ast-cf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi-master-ast-cf.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3dc752db748b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi-master-ast-cf.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Device-tree bindings for ColdFire offloaded gpio-based FSI master driver
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible =
+ "aspeed,ast2400-cf-fsi-master" for an AST2400 based system
+ or
+ "aspeed,ast2500-cf-fsi-master" for an AST2500 based system
+
+ - clock-gpios = <gpio-descriptor>; : GPIO for FSI clock
+ - data-gpios = <gpio-descriptor>; : GPIO for FSI data signal
+ - enable-gpios = <gpio-descriptor>; : GPIO for enable signal
+ - trans-gpios = <gpio-descriptor>; : GPIO for voltage translator enable
+ - mux-gpios = <gpio-descriptor>; : GPIO for pin multiplexing with other
+ functions (eg, external FSI masters)
+ - memory-region = <phandle>; : Reference to the reserved memory for
+ the ColdFire. Must be 2M aligned on
+ AST2400 and 1M aligned on AST2500
+ - aspeed,sram = <phandle>; : Reference to the SRAM node.
+ - aspeed,cvic = <phandle>; : Reference to the CVIC node.
+
+Examples:
+
+ fsi-master {
+ compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-cf-fsi-master", "fsi-master";
+
+ clock-gpios = <&gpio 0>;
+ data-gpios = <&gpio 1>;
+ enable-gpios = <&gpio 2>;
+ trans-gpios = <&gpio 3>;
+ mux-gpios = <&gpio 4>;
+
+ memory-region = <&coldfire_memory>;
+ aspeed,sram = <&sram>;
+ aspeed,cvic = <&cvic>;
+ }
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt
index ab516c673a4b..afb4eccab131 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@ addresses and sizes in the slave address space:
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
+Optionally, a slave can provide a global unique chip ID which is used to
+identify the physical location of the chip in a system specific way
+
+ chip-id = <0>;
FSI engines (devices)
---------------------
@@ -125,6 +129,7 @@ device tree if no extra platform information is required.
reg = <0 0>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
+ chip-id = <0>;
/* FSI engine at 0xc00, using a single page. In this example,
* it's an I2C master controller, so subnodes describe the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f1e4a2ff47c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+GNSS Receiver DT binding
+
+This documents the binding structure and common properties for GNSS receiver
+devices.
+
+A GNSS receiver node is a node named "gnss" and typically resides on a serial
+bus (e.g. UART, I2C or SPI).
+
+Please refer to the following documents for generic properties:
+
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/slave-device.txt
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : A string reflecting the vendor and specific device the node
+ represents
+
+Optional properties:
+- enable-gpios : GPIO used to enable the device
+- timepulse-gpios : Time pulse GPIO
+
+Example:
+
+serial@1234 {
+ compatible = "ns16550a";
+
+ gnss {
+ compatible = "u-blox,neo-8";
+
+ vcc-supply = <&gnss_reg>;
+ timepulse-gpios = <&gpio0 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+
+ current-speed = <4800>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..648d183cdb77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+SiRFstar-based GNSS Receiver DT binding
+
+SiRFstar chipsets are used in GNSS-receiver modules produced by several
+vendors and can use UART, SPI or I2C interfaces.
+
+Please see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt for generic
+properties.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Must be one of
+
+ "fastrax,uc430"
+ "linx,r4"
+ "wi2wi,w2sg0008i"
+ "wi2wi,w2sg0084i"
+
+- vcc-supply : Main voltage regulator (pin name: 3V3_IN, VCC, VDD)
+
+Required properties (I2C):
+- reg : I2C slave address
+
+Required properties (SPI):
+- reg : SPI chip select address
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- sirf,onoff-gpios : GPIO used to power on and off device (pin name: ON_OFF)
+- sirf,wakeup-gpios : GPIO used to determine device power state
+ (pin name: RFPWRUP, WAKEUP)
+- timepulse-gpios : Time pulse GPIO (pin name: 1PPS, TM)
+
+Example:
+
+serial@1234 {
+ compatible = "ns16550a";
+
+ gnss {
+ compatible = "wi2wi,w2sg0084i";
+
+ vcc-supply = <&gnss_reg>;
+ sirf,onoff-gpios = <&gpio0 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ sirf,wakeup-gpios = <&gpio0 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e475659cb85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+u-blox GNSS Receiver DT binding
+
+The u-blox GNSS receivers can use UART, DDC (I2C), SPI and USB interfaces.
+
+Please see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt for generic
+properties.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Must be one of
+
+ "u-blox,neo-8"
+ "u-blox,neo-m8"
+
+- vcc-supply : Main voltage regulator
+
+Required properties (DDC):
+- reg : DDC (I2C) slave address
+
+Required properties (SPI):
+- reg : SPI chip select address
+
+Required properties (USB):
+- reg : Number of the USB hub port or the USB host-controller port
+ to which this device is attached
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- timepulse-gpios : Time pulse GPIO
+- u-blox,extint-gpios : GPIO connected to the "external interrupt" input pin
+- v-bckp-supply : Backup voltage regulator
+
+Example:
+
+serial@1234 {
+ compatible = "ns16550a";
+
+ gnss {
+ compatible = "u-blox,neo-8";
+
+ v-bckp-supply = <&gnss_v_bckp_reg>;
+ vcc-supply = <&gnss_vcc_reg>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-fsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-fsi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b1be2ceb7e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-fsi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Device-tree bindings for FSI-attached I2C master and busses
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible = "ibm,i2c-fsi";
+ - reg = < address size >; : The FSI CFAM address and address
+ space size.
+ - #address-cells = <1>; : Number of address cells in child
+ nodes.
+ - #size-cells = <0>; : Number of size cells in child nodes.
+ - child nodes : Nodes to describe busses off the I2C
+ master.
+
+Child node required properties:
+ - reg = < port number > : The port number on the I2C master.
+
+Child node optional properties:
+ - child nodes : Nodes to describe devices on the I2C
+ bus.
+
+Examples:
+
+ i2c@1800 {
+ compatible = "ibm,i2c-fsi";
+ reg = < 0x1800 0x400 >;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ i2c-bus@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ };
+
+ i2c-bus@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+
+ eeprom@50 {
+ compatible = "vendor,dev-name";
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b743fe444e9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Actions Semiconductor Owl I2C controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be "actions,s900-i2c".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #address-cells : Should be 1.
+- #size-cells : Should be 0.
+- interrupts : A single interrupt specifier.
+- clocks : Phandle of the clock feeding the I2C controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. As only Normal and
+ Fast modes are supported, possible values are 100000 and
+ 400000.
+Examples:
+
+ i2c0: i2c@e0170000 {
+ compatible = "actions,s900-i2c";
+ reg = <0 0xe0170000 0 0x1000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 25 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&clock CLK_I2C0>;
+ clock-frequency = <100000>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
index 7ce8fae55537..39cd21d95810 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible:
"renesas,i2c-r8a7743" if the device is a part of a R8A7743 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a7745" if the device is a part of a R8A7745 SoC.
+ "renesas,i2c-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of a R8A774A1 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a7778" if the device is a part of a R8A7778 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a7779" if the device is a part of a R8A7779 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a7790" if the device is a part of a R8A7790 SoC.
@@ -16,11 +17,13 @@ Required properties:
"renesas,i2c-r8a77965" if the device is a part of a R8A77965 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a77970" if the device is a part of a R8A77970 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a77980" if the device is a part of a R8A77980 SoC.
+ "renesas,i2c-r8a77990" if the device is a part of a R8A77990 SoC.
"renesas,i2c-r8a77995" if the device is a part of a R8A77995 SoC.
"renesas,rcar-gen1-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device.
"renesas,rcar-gen2-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible
device.
- "renesas,rcar-gen3-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
+ "renesas,rcar-gen3-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 compatible
+ device.
"renesas,i2c-rcar" (deprecated)
When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
index fc7e17802746..872673adff5a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,iic-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1)
- "renesas,iic-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
- "renesas,iic-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
- "renesas,iic-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
- "renesas,iic-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
- "renesas,iic-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
@@ -17,7 +18,8 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,iic-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5)
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-iic" (generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1
compatible device)
- - "renesas,rcar-gen3-iic" (generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device)
+ - "renesas,rcar-gen3-iic" (generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+ compatible device)
- "renesas,rmobile-iic" (generic device)
When compatible with a generic R-Car version, nodes
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl345.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl345.txt
index ae09a046bc72..f9525f6e3d43 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl345.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl345.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
-Analog Devices ADXL345 3-Axis, +/-(2g/4g/8g/16g) Digital Accelerometer
+Analog Devices ADXL345/ADXL375 3-Axis Digital Accelerometers
http://www.analog.com/en/products/mems/accelerometers/adxl345.html
+http://www.analog.com/en/products/sensors-mems/accelerometers/adxl375.html
Required properties:
- - compatible : should be "adi,adxl345"
+ - compatible : should be one of
+ "adi,adxl345"
+ "adi,adxl375"
- reg : the I2C address or SPI chip select number of the sensor
Required properties for SPI bus usage:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
index d1acd5ea2737..54b823f3a453 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: depending on the SoC this should be one of:
- "amlogic,meson8-saradc" for Meson8
- "amlogic,meson8b-saradc" for Meson8b
+ - "amlogic,meson8m2-saradc" for Meson8m2
- "amlogic,meson-gxbb-saradc" for GXBB
- "amlogic,meson-gxl-saradc" for GXL
- "amlogic,meson-gxm-saradc" for GXM
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt
index 6469a4cd2a6d..4a3c1d496e1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,14 @@ Optional properties:
- dmas: Phandle to dma channel for the ADC.
- dma-names: Must be "rx" when dmas property is being used.
See ../../dma/dma.txt for details.
+ - #io-channel-cells: in case consumer drivers are attached, this must be 1.
+ See <Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt> for details.
+
+Properties for consumer drivers:
+ - Consumer drivers can be connected to this producer device, as specified
+ in <Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt>
+ - Channels exposed are specified in:
+ <dt-bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt>
Example:
@@ -38,4 +46,5 @@ adc: adc@fc030000 {
atmel,trigger-edge-type = <IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
dmas = <&dma0 (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(25))>;
dma-names = "rx";
+ #io-channel-cells = <1>;
}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt
index b3629405f568..7222328a3d0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt
@@ -8,11 +8,17 @@ Required properties:
See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
- avdd-supply: Definition of the regulator used as analog supply
+Optional properties:
+ - clock-frequency: Frequency of PD_SCK in Hz
+ Minimum value allowed is 10 kHz because of maximum
+ high time of 50 microseconds.
+
Example:
-weight@0 {
+weight {
compatible = "avia,hx711";
sck-gpios = <&gpio3 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
dout-gpios = <&gpio0 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
avdd-suppy = <&avdd>;
+ clock-frequency = <100000>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt
index ba24ca7ba95e..59b92cd32552 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
Example node:
- ads1202: adc@0 {
+ ads1202: adc {
compatible = "sd-modulator";
#io-channel-cells = <0>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8aad960de50b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Spreadtrum SC27XX series PMICs ADC binding
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of the following.
+ "sprd,sc2720-adc"
+ "sprd,sc2721-adc"
+ "sprd,sc2723-adc"
+ "sprd,sc2730-adc"
+ "sprd,sc2731-adc"
+- reg: The address offset of ADC controller.
+- interrupt-parent: The interrupt controller.
+- interrupts: The interrupt number for the ADC device.
+- #io-channel-cells: Number of cells in an IIO specifier.
+- hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node.
+
+Example:
+
+ sc2731_pmic: pmic@0 {
+ compatible = "sprd,sc2731";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <26000000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ pmic_adc: adc@480 {
+ compatible = "sprd,sc2731-adc";
+ reg = <0x480>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&sc2731_pmic>;
+ interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ #io-channel-cells = <1>;
+ hwlocks = <&hwlock 4>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bba01a5cab1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+Analog Devices AD5758 DAC device driver
+
+Required properties for the AD5758:
+ - compatible: Must be "adi,ad5758"
+ - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+ - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use (< 50000000)
+ - spi-cpha: is the only mode that is supported
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - adi,dc-dc-mode: Mode of operation of the dc-to-dc converter
+ Dynamic Power Control (DPC)
+ In this mode, the AD5758 circuitry senses the output
+ voltage and dynamically regulates the supply voltage,
+ VDPC+, to meet compliance requirements plus an optimized
+ headroom voltage for the output buffer.
+
+ Programmable Power Control (PPC)
+ In this mode, the VDPC+ voltage is user-programmable to
+ a fixed level that needs to accommodate the maximum output
+ load required.
+
+ The output of the DAC core is either converted to a
+ current or voltage output at the VIOUT pin. Only one mode
+ can be enabled at any one time.
+
+ The following values are currently supported:
+ * 1: DPC current mode
+ * 2: DPC voltage mode
+ * 3: PPC current mode
+
+ Depending on the selected output mode (voltage or current) one of the
+ two properties must
+ be present:
+
+ - adi,range-microvolt: Voltage output range
+ The array of voltage output ranges must contain two fields:
+ * <0 5000000>: 0 V to 5 V voltage range
+ * <0 10000000>: 0 V to 10 V voltage range
+ * <(-5000000) 5000000>: ±5 V voltage range
+ * <(-10000000) 10000000>: ±10 V voltage range
+ - adi,range-microamp: Current output range
+ The array of current output ranges must contain two fields:
+ * <0 20000>: 0 mA to 20 mA current range
+ * <0 24000>: 0 mA to 24 mA current range
+ * <4 24000>: 4 mA to 20 mA current range
+ * <(-20000) 20000>: ±20 mA current range
+ * <(-24000) 24000>: ±24 mA current range
+ * <(-1000) 22000>: −1 mA to +22 mA current range
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp: The dc-to-dc converter current limit
+ The following values are currently supported [uA]:
+ * 150000
+ * 200000
+ * 250000
+ * 300000
+ * 350000
+ * 400000
+
+ - adi,slew-time-us: The time it takes for the output to reach the
+ full scale [uS]
+ The supported range is between 133us up to 1023984375us
+
+AD5758 Example:
+
+ dac@0 {
+ compatible = "adi,ad5758";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+ spi-cpha;
+
+ adi,dc-dc-mode = <2>;
+ adi,range-microvolt = <0 10000000>;
+ adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp = <200000>;
+ adi,slew-time-us = <125000>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
index d33c19d68de3..b2f27da847b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible : should be one of
"invensense,mpu6050"
"invensense,mpu6500"
+ "invensense,mpu6515"
"invensense,mpu9150"
"invensense,mpu9250"
"invensense,mpu9255"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/isl29501.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/isl29501.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..46957997fee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/isl29501.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+* ISL29501 Time-of-flight sensor.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : should be "renesas,isl29501"
+ - reg : the I2C address of the sensor
+
+Example:
+
+isl29501@57 {
+ compatible = "renesas,isl29501";
+ reg = <0x57>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt
index 5498b0688b6f..61c72e63c584 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt
@@ -8,10 +8,6 @@ Required properties:
"bosch,bme280"
Optional properties:
-- chip-id: configurable chip id for non-default chip revisions
-- temp-measurement-period: temperature measurement period (milliseconds)
-- default-oversampling: default oversampling value to be used at startup,
- value range is 0-3 with rising sensitivity.
- interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ
- reset-gpios: a GPIO line handling reset of the sensor: as the line is
active low, it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW (see gpio/gpio.txt)
@@ -23,9 +19,6 @@ Example:
pressure@77 {
compatible = "bosch,bmp085";
reg = <0x77>;
- chip-id = <10>;
- temp-measurement-period = <100>;
- default-oversampling = <2>;
interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
reset-gpios = <&gpio0 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt
index f1cb9f8d7692..c76bafaf98d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ device-specific compatible properties, which should be used in addition to the
- compatible:
* "wacom,w9013" (Wacom W9013 digitizer). Supports:
- - vdd-supply
+ - vdd-supply (3.3V)
+ - vddl-supply (1.8V)
- post-power-on-delay-ms
- vdd-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/keys.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f5a5ddde53f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/keys.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+General Keys Properties:
+
+Optional properties for Keys:
+- power-off-time-sec: Duration in seconds which the key should be kept
+ pressed for device to power off automatically. Device with key pressed
+ shutdown feature can specify this property.
+- linux,keycodes: Specifies the numeric keycode values to be used for
+ reporting key presses.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt
index 07bf55f6e0b9..34ab5763f494 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ PROPERTIES
Value type: <string>
Definition: must be one of:
"qcom,pm8941-pwrkey"
+ "qcom,pm8941-resin"
- reg:
Usage: required
@@ -32,6 +33,14 @@ PROPERTIES
Definition: presence of this property indicates that the KPDPWR_N pin
should be configured for pull up.
+- linux,code:
+ Usage: optional
+ Value type: <u32>
+ Definition: The input key-code associated with the power key.
+ Use the linux event codes defined in
+ include/dt-bindings/input/linux-event-codes.h
+ When property is omitted KEY_POWER is assumed.
+
EXAMPLE
pwrkey@800 {
@@ -40,4 +49,5 @@ EXAMPLE
interrupts = <0x0 0x8 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
debounce = <15625>;
bias-pull-up;
+ linux,code = <KEY_POWER>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21029.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21029.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8daa0e868a8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21029.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+* Rohm BU21029 Touch Screen Controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : must be "rohm,bu21029"
+ - reg : i2c device address of the chip (0x40 or 0x41)
+ - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the gpio controller
+ - interrupts : (gpio) interrupt to which the chip is connected
+ - rohm,x-plate-ohms : x-plate resistance in Ohm
+
+Optional properties:
+ - reset-gpios : gpio pin to reset the chip (active low)
+ - touchscreen-size-x : horizontal resolution of touchscreen (in pixels)
+ - touchscreen-size-y : vertical resolution of touchscreen (in pixels)
+ - touchscreen-max-pressure: maximum pressure value
+ - vdd-supply : power supply for the controller
+
+Example:
+
+ &i2c1 {
+ /* ... */
+
+ bu21029: bu21029@40 {
+ compatible = "rohm,bu21029";
+ reg = <0x40>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+ interrupts = <4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+ reset-gpios = <&gpio6 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ rohm,x-plate-ohms = <600>;
+ touchscreen-size-x = <800>;
+ touchscreen-size-y = <480>;
+ touchscreen-max-pressure = <4095>;
+ };
+
+ /* ... */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/eeti.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/eeti.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..32b3712c916e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/eeti.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Bindings for EETI touchscreen controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "eeti,exc3000-i2c"
+- reg: I2C address of the chip. Should be set to <0xa>
+- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
+
+Optional properties:
+- attn-gpios: A handle to a GPIO to check whether interrupt is still
+ latched. This is necessary for platforms that lack
+ support for level-triggered IRQs.
+
+The following optional properties described in touchscreen.txt are
+also supported:
+
+- touchscreen-inverted-x
+- touchscreen-inverted-y
+- touchscreen-swapped-x-y
+
+Example:
+
+i2c-master {
+ touchscreen@a {
+ compatible = "eeti,exc3000-i2c";
+ reg = <0xa>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+ interrupts = <123 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+ attn-gpios = <&gpio 123 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/resistive-adc-touch.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/resistive-adc-touch.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..51456c0e9a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/resistive-adc-touch.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Generic resistive touchscreen ADC
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible: must be "resistive-adc-touch"
+The device must be connected to an ADC device that provides channels for
+position measurement and optional pressure.
+Refer to ../iio/iio-bindings.txt for details
+ - iio-channels: must have at least two channels connected to an ADC device.
+These should correspond to the channels exposed by the ADC device and should
+have the right index as the ADC device registers them. These channels
+represent the relative position on the "x" and "y" axes.
+ - iio-channel-names: must have all the channels' names. Mandatory channels
+are "x" and "y".
+
+Optional properties:
+ - iio-channels: The third channel named "pressure" is optional and can be
+used if the ADC device also measures pressure besides position.
+If this channel is missing, pressure will be ignored and the touchscreen
+will only report position.
+ - iio-channel-names: optional channel named "pressure".
+
+Example:
+
+ resistive_touch: resistive_touch {
+ compatible = "resistive-adc-touch";
+ touchscreen-min-pressure = <50000>;
+ io-channels = <&adc 24>, <&adc 25>, <&adc 26>;
+ io-channel-names = "x", "y", "pressure";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
index 537643e86f61..d092d5d033a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ Optional properties for Touchscreens:
(in pixels)
- touchscreen-max-pressure : maximum reported pressure (arbitrary range
dependent on the controller)
+ - touchscreen-min-pressure : minimum pressure on the touchscreen to be
+ achieved in order for the touchscreen
+ driver to report a touch event.
- touchscreen-fuzz-x : horizontal noise value of the absolute input
device (in pixels)
- touchscreen-fuzz-y : vertical noise value of the absolute input
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
index 6a32922a55b8..33a98eb44949 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties:
"mediatek,mt7622-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7622
"mediatek,mt6795-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6795
"mediatek,mt6797-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6797
+ "mediatek,mt6765-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6765
"mediatek,mt6755-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6755
"mediatek,mt6592-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6592
"mediatek,mt6589-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6589
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/riscv,cpu-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/riscv,cpu-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b0a8af51c388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/riscv,cpu-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+RISC-V Hart-Level Interrupt Controller (HLIC)
+---------------------------------------------
+
+RISC-V cores include Control Status Registers (CSRs) which are local to each
+CPU core (HART in RISC-V terminology) and can be read or written by software.
+Some of these CSRs are used to control local interrupts connected to the core.
+Every interrupt is ultimately routed through a hart's HLIC before it
+interrupts that hart.
+
+The RISC-V supervisor ISA manual specifies three interrupt sources that are
+attached to every HLIC: software interrupts, the timer interrupt, and external
+interrupts. Software interrupts are used to send IPIs between cores. The
+timer interrupt comes from an architecturally mandated real-time timer that is
+controller via Supervisor Binary Interface (SBI) calls and CSR reads. External
+interrupts connect all other device interrupts to the HLIC, which are routed
+via the platform-level interrupt controller (PLIC).
+
+All RISC-V systems that conform to the supervisor ISA specification are
+required to have a HLIC with these three interrupt sources present. Since the
+interrupt map is defined by the ISA it's not listed in the HLIC's device tree
+entry, though external interrupt controllers (like the PLIC, for example) will
+need to define how their interrupts map to the relevant HLICs. This means
+a PLIC interrupt property will typically list the HLICs for all present HARTs
+in the system.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "riscv,cpu-intc"
+- #interrupt-cells : should be <1>
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+
+Furthermore, this interrupt-controller MUST be embedded inside the cpu
+definition of the hart whose CSRs control these local interrupts.
+
+An example device tree entry for a HLIC is show below.
+
+ cpu1: cpu@1 {
+ compatible = "riscv";
+ ...
+ cpu1-intc: interrupt-controller {
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "riscv,cpu-intc", "sifive,fu540-c000-cpu-intc";
+ interrupt-controller;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6adf7a6e8825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+SiFive Platform-Level Interrupt Controller (PLIC)
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+SiFive SOCs include an implementation of the Platform-Level Interrupt Controller
+(PLIC) high-level specification in the RISC-V Privileged Architecture
+specification. The PLIC connects all external interrupts in the system to all
+hart contexts in the system, via the external interrupt source in each hart.
+
+A hart context is a privilege mode in a hardware execution thread. For example,
+in an 4 core system with 2-way SMT, you have 8 harts and probably at least two
+privilege modes per hart; machine mode and supervisor mode.
+
+Each interrupt can be enabled on per-context basis. Any context can claim
+a pending enabled interrupt and then release it once it has been handled.
+
+Each interrupt has a configurable priority. Higher priority interrupts are
+serviced first. Each context can specify a priority threshold. Interrupts
+with priority below this threshold will not cause the PLIC to raise its
+interrupt line leading to the context.
+
+While the PLIC supports both edge-triggered and level-triggered interrupts,
+interrupt handlers are oblivious to this distinction and therefore it is not
+specified in the PLIC device-tree binding.
+
+While the RISC-V ISA doesn't specify a memory layout for the PLIC, the
+"sifive,plic-1.0.0" device is a concrete implementation of the PLIC that
+contains a specific memory layout, which is documented in chapter 8 of the
+SiFive U5 Coreplex Series Manual <https://static.dev.sifive.com/U54-MC-RVCoreIP.pdf>.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "sifive,plic-1.0.0" and a string identifying the actual
+ detailed implementation in case that specific bugs need to be worked around.
+- #address-cells : should be <0> or more.
+- #interrupt-cells : should be <1> or more.
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length).
+- interrupts-extended : Specifies which contexts are connected to the PLIC,
+ with "-1" specifying that a context is not present. Each node pointed
+ to should be a riscv,cpu-intc node, which has a riscv node as parent.
+- riscv,ndev: Specifies how many external interrupts are supported by
+ this controller.
+
+Example:
+
+ plic: interrupt-controller@c000000 {
+ #address-cells = <0>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "sifive,plic-1.0.0", "sifive,fu540-c000-plic";
+ interrupt-controller;
+ interrupts-extended = <
+ &cpu0-intc 11
+ &cpu1-intc 11 &cpu1-intc 9
+ &cpu2-intc 11 &cpu2-intc 9
+ &cpu3-intc 11 &cpu3-intc 9
+ &cpu4-intc 11 &cpu4-intc 9>;
+ reg = <0xc000000 0x4000000>;
+ riscv,ndev = <10>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
index 53c20cae309f..df5db732138d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ video decode local arbiter, all these ports are according to the video HW.
Required properties:
- compatible : must be one of the following string:
"mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt2701 which uses generation one m4u HW.
+ "mediatek,mt2712-m4u" for mt2712 which uses generation two m4u HW.
"mediatek,mt8173-m4u" for mt8173 which uses generation two m4u HW.
- reg : m4u register base and size.
- interrupts : the interrupt of m4u.
@@ -50,8 +51,9 @@ Required properties:
according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2...
- iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW.
Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in
- dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701 and
- dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173
+ dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701,
+ dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, and
+ dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173.
Example:
iommu: iommu@10205000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
index ffadb7c6f1f3..c6e2d855fe13 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
@@ -19,7 +19,10 @@ Required Properties:
- "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7794" for the R8A7794 (R-Car E2) IPMMU.
- "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 (R-Car H3) IPMMU.
- "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) IPMMU.
+ - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77965" for the R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) IPMMU.
- "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77970" for the R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) IPMMU.
+ - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77980" for the R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) IPMMU.
+ - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77990" for the R8A77990 (R-Car E3) IPMMU.
- "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77995" for the R8A77995 (R-Car D3) IPMMU.
- "renesas,ipmmu-vmsa" for generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 VMSA-compatible
IPMMU.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt
index 310810906613..64fa2fbd98c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt
@@ -3,13 +3,6 @@ pwm-backlight bindings
Required properties:
- compatible: "pwm-backlight"
- pwms: OF device-tree PWM specification (see PWM binding[0])
- - brightness-levels: Array of distinct brightness levels. Typically these
- are in the range from 0 to 255, but any range starting at 0 will do.
- The actual brightness level (PWM duty cycle) will be interpolated
- from these values. 0 means a 0% duty cycle (darkest/off), while the
- last value in the array represents a 100% duty cycle (brightest).
- - default-brightness-level: the default brightness level (index into the
- array defined by the "brightness-levels" property)
- power-supply: regulator for supply voltage
Optional properties:
@@ -21,6 +14,19 @@ Optional properties:
and enabling the backlight using GPIO.
- pwm-off-delay-ms: Delay in ms between disabling the backlight using GPIO
and setting PWM value to 0.
+ - brightness-levels: Array of distinct brightness levels. Typically these
+ are in the range from 0 to 255, but any range starting at
+ 0 will do. The actual brightness level (PWM duty cycle)
+ will be interpolated from these values. 0 means a 0% duty
+ cycle (darkest/off), while the last value in the array
+ represents a 100% duty cycle (brightest).
+ - default-brightness-level: The default brightness level (index into the
+ array defined by the "brightness-levels" property).
+ - num-interpolated-steps: Number of interpolated steps between each value
+ of brightness-levels table. This way a high
+ resolution pwm duty cycle can be used without
+ having to list out every possible value in the
+ brightness-level array.
[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt
[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -39,3 +45,17 @@ Example:
post-pwm-on-delay-ms = <10>;
pwm-off-delay-ms = <10>;
};
+
+Example using num-interpolation-steps:
+
+ backlight {
+ compatible = "pwm-backlight";
+ pwms = <&pwm 0 5000000>;
+
+ brightness-levels = <0 2048 4096 8192 16384 65535>;
+ num-interpolated-steps = <2048>;
+ default-brightness-level = <4096>;
+
+ power-supply = <&vdd_bl_reg>;
+ enable-gpios = <&gpio 58 0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
index aa614b2d7cab..615abdd0eb0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
@@ -2,8 +2,9 @@ SMI (Smart Multimedia Interface) Common
The hardware block diagram please check bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
-Mediatek SMI have two generations of HW architecture, mt8173 uses the second
-generation of SMI HW while mt2701 uses the first generation HW of SMI.
+Mediatek SMI have two generations of HW architecture, mt2712 and mt8173 use
+the second generation of SMI HW while mt2701 uses the first generation HW of
+SMI.
There's slight differences between the two SMI, for generation 2, the
register which control the iommu port is at each larb's register base. But
@@ -15,6 +16,7 @@ not needed for SMI generation 2.
Required properties:
- compatible : must be one of :
"mediatek,mt2701-smi-common"
+ "mediatek,mt2712-smi-common"
"mediatek,mt8173-smi-common"
- reg : the register and size of the SMI block.
- power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
index ddf46b8856a5..083155cdc2a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ The hardware block diagram please check bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
Required properties:
- compatible : must be one of :
- "mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb"
"mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb"
+ "mediatek,mt2712-smi-larb"
+ "mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb"
- reg : the register and size of this local arbiter.
- mediatek,smi : a phandle to the smi_common node.
- power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter.
@@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ Required properties:
the register.
- "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command.
-Required property for mt2701:
+Required property for mt2701 and mt2712:
- mediatek,larb-id :the hardware id of this larb.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt
index 5297b2210704..2a665741d7fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Optional properties:
- ams,enable-internal-i2c-pullup: Boolean property, to enable internal pullup on
i2c scl/sda pins. Missing this will disable internal pullup on i2c
scl/sda lines.
+- ams,enable-ac-ok-power-on: Boolean property, to enable exit out of power off
+ mode with AC_OK pin (pin enabled in power off mode).
Optional submodule and their properties:
=======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
index 62091f6b025e..188f0373d441 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
@@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ Optional properties:
board is driving OTG VBus or not.
(axp221 / axp223 / axp803/ axp813 only)
-- x-powers,master-mode: Boolean (axp806 only). Set this when the PMIC is
- wired for master mode. The default is slave mode.
+- x-powers,self-working-mode and
+ x-powers,master-mode: Boolean (axp806 only). Set either of these when the
+ PMIC is wired for self-working mode or master mode.
+ If neither is set then slave mode is assumed.
+ This corresponds to how the MODESET pin is wired.
- <input>-supply: a phandle to the regulator supply node. May be omitted if
inputs are unregulated, such as using the IPSOUT output
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/madera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/madera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..db3266088386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/madera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+Cirrus Logic Madera class audio codecs Multi-Functional Device
+
+These devices are audio SoCs with extensive digital capabilities and a range
+of analogue I/O.
+
+See also the child driver bindings in:
+bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,madera-pinctrl.txt
+bindings/regulator/arizona-regulator.txt
+bindings/sound/madera.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : One of the following chip-specific strings:
+ "cirrus,cs47l35"
+ "cirrus,cs47l85"
+ "cirrus,cs47l90"
+ "cirrus,cs47l91"
+ "cirrus,wm1840"
+
+ - reg : I2C slave address when connected using I2C, chip select number when
+ using SPI.
+
+ - DCVDD-supply : Power supply for the device as defined in
+ bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+ Mandatory on CS47L35, CS47L90, CS47L91
+ Optional on CS47L85, WM1840
+
+ - AVDD-supply, DBVDD1-supply, DBVDD2-supply, CPVDD1-supply, CPVDD2-supply :
+ Power supplies for the device
+
+ - DBVDD3-supply, DBVDD4-supply : Power supplies for the device
+ (CS47L85, CS47L90, CS47L91, WM1840)
+
+ - SPKVDDL-supply, SPKVDDR-supply : Power supplies for the device
+ (CS47L85, WM1840)
+
+ - SPKVDD-supply : Power supply for the device
+ (CS47L35)
+
+ - interrupt-controller : Indicates that this device is an interrupt controller
+
+ - #interrupt-cells: the number of cells to describe an IRQ, must be 2.
+ The first cell is the IRQ number.
+ The second cell is the flags, encoded as the trigger masks from
+ bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+ - gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller.
+
+ - #gpio-cells : Must be 2. The first cell is the pin number. The second cell
+ is reserved for future use and must be zero
+
+ - interrupt-parent : The parent interrupt controller.
+
+ - interrupts : The interrupt line the /IRQ signal for the device is
+ connected to.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - MICVDD-supply : Power supply, only need to be specified if
+ powered externally
+
+ - reset-gpios : One entry specifying the GPIO controlling /RESET.
+ As defined in bindings/gpio.txt.
+ Although optional, it is strongly recommended to use a hardware reset
+
+ - MICBIASx : Initial data for the MICBIAS regulators, as covered in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+ One for each MICBIAS generator (MICBIAS1, MICBIAS2, ...)
+ (all codecs)
+
+ One for each output pin (MICBIAS1A, MIBCIAS1B, MICBIAS2A, ...)
+ (all except CS47L85, WM1840)
+
+ The following following additional property is supported for the generator
+ nodes:
+ - cirrus,ext-cap : Set to 1 if the MICBIAS has external decoupling
+ capacitors attached.
+
+Optional child nodes:
+ micvdd : Node containing initialization data for the micvdd regulator
+ See bindings/regulator/arizona-regulator.txt
+
+ ldo1 : Node containing initialization data for the LDO1 regulator
+ See bindings/regulator/arizona-regulator.txt
+ (cs47l85, wm1840)
+
+Example:
+
+cs47l85@0 {
+ compatible = "cirrus,cs47l85";
+ reg = <0>;
+
+ reset-gpios = <&gpio 0>;
+
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts = <&host_irq1>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3ca56fdb5ffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+* ROHM BD71837 Power Management Integrated Circuit bindings
+
+BD71837MWV is a programmable Power Management IC for powering single-core,
+dual-core, and quad-core SoCs such as NXP-i.MX 8M. It is optimized for
+low BOM cost and compact solution footprint. It integrates 8 Buck
+egulators and 7 LDOs to provide all the power rails required by the SoC and
+the commonly used peripherals.
+
+Datasheet for PMIC is available at:
+https://www.rohm.com/datasheet/BD71837MWV/bd71837mwv-e
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : Should be "rohm,bd71837".
+ - reg : I2C slave address.
+ - interrupt-parent : Phandle to the parent interrupt controller.
+ - interrupts : The interrupt line the device is connected to.
+ - clocks : The parent clock connected to PMIC. If this is missing
+ 32768 KHz clock is assumed.
+ - #clock-cells : Should be 0.
+ - regulators: : List of child nodes that specify the regulators.
+ Please see ../regulator/rohm,bd71837-regulator.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : Should contain name for output clock.
+
+Example:
+
+ /* external oscillator node */
+ osc: oscillator {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ clock-output-names = "osc";
+ };
+
+ pmic: pmic@4b {
+ compatible = "rohm,bd71837";
+ reg = <0x4b>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+ interrupts = <29 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ interrupt-names = "irq";
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&osc 0>;
+ clock-output-names = "bd71837-32k-out";
+
+ regulators {
+ buck1: BUCK1 {
+ regulator-name = "buck1";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-ramp-delay = <1250>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ /* Clock consumer node */
+ rtc@0 {
+ compatible = "company,my-rtc";
+ clock-names = "my-clock";
+ clocks = <&pmic>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
index 8af1202b381d..4f62143afd24 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Required properties:
The valid regulator-compatible values are:
tps65910: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd2, vdd3, vdig1, vdig2, vpll, vdac, vaux1,
vaux2, vaux33, vmmc, vbb
- tps65911: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd3, vddctrl, ldo1, ldo2, ldo3, ldo4, ldo5,
+ tps65911: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd2, vddctrl, ldo1, ldo2, ldo3, ldo4, ldo5,
ldo6, ldo7, ldo8
- xxx-supply: Input voltage supply regulator.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
index 5f3c02522c17..f6ddba31cb73 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ Optional Properties:
- xlnx,fails-without-test-cd: when present, the controller doesn't work when
the CD line is not connected properly, and the line is not connected
properly. Test mode can be used to force the controller to function.
+ - xlnx,int-clock-stable-broken: when present, the controller always reports
+ that the internal clock is stable even when it is not.
Example:
sdhci@e0100000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
index b7025de7dced..5f5c2bec2b8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
@@ -8,10 +8,9 @@ Required properties:
Optional properties:
- marvell,detect-delay-ms: sets the detection delay timeout in ms.
-- marvell,gpio-power: GPIO spec for the card power enable pin
-This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
-and the properties used by the pxa-mmc driver.
+In addition to the properties described in this docuent, the details
+described in mmc.txt are supported.
Examples:
@@ -19,6 +18,7 @@ mmc0: mmc@41100000 {
compatible = "marvell,pxa-mmc";
reg = <0x41100000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <23>;
+ vmmc-supply = <&mmc_regulator>;
cd-gpios = <&gpio 23 0>;
wp-gpios = <&gpio 24 0>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt
index 8ce49b255974..6f629b12bd69 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Required Properties:
before RK3288
- "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3288
- "rockchip,rv1108-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RV1108
+ - "rockchip,px30-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip PX30
- "rockchip,rk3036-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3036
- "rockchip,rk3228-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK322x
- "rockchip,rk3328-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3328
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
index bfdcdc4ccdff..502b3b851ebb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,12 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
and the properties used by the sdhci-msm driver.
Required properties:
-- compatible: Should contain "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4".
+- compatible: Should contain:
+ "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" for sdcc versions less than 5.0
+ "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" for sdcc versions >= 5.0
+ For SDCC version 5.0.0, MCI registers are removed from SDCC
+ interface and some registers are moved to HC. New compatible
+ string is added to support this change - "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5".
- reg: Base address and length of the register in the following order:
- Host controller register map (required)
- SD Core register map (required)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-of-dwcmshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-of-dwcmshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ee4253b33be2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-of-dwcmshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Synopsys DesignWare Cores Mobile Storage Host Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one of the following:
+ "snps,dwcmshc-sdhci"
+- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: a single interrupt specifier.
+- clocks: Array of clocks required for SDHCI; requires at least one for
+ core clock.
+- clock-names: Array of names corresponding to clocks property; shall be
+ "core" for core clock and "bus" for optional bus clock.
+
+Example:
+ sdhci2: sdhci@aa0000 {
+ compatible = "snps,dwcmshc-sdhci";
+ reg = <0xaa0000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&emmcclk>;
+ bus-width = <8>;
+ }
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt
index 132e0007d7d6..e9cb3ec5e502 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties:
* "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc"
* "allwinner,sun50i-a64-emmc"
* "allwinner,sun50i-a64-mmc"
+ * "allwinner,sun50i-h6-emmc", "allwinner.sun50i-a64-emmc"
+ * "allwinner,sun50i-h6-mmc", "allwinner.sun50i-a64-mmc"
- reg : mmc controller base registers
- clocks : a list with 4 phandle + clock specifier pairs
- clock-names : must contain "ahb", "mmc", "output" and "sample"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
index 839f469f4525..c434200d19d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ Required properties:
"renesas,sdhi-r8a7796" - SDHI IP on R8A7796 SoC
"renesas,sdhi-r8a77965" - SDHI IP on R8A77965 SoC
"renesas,sdhi-r8a77980" - SDHI IP on R8A77980 SoC
+ "renesas,sdhi-r8a77990" - SDHI IP on R8A77990 SoC
"renesas,sdhi-r8a77995" - SDHI IP on R8A77995 SoC
"renesas,sdhi-shmobile" - a generic sh-mobile SDHI controller
"renesas,rcar-gen1-sdhi" - a generic R-Car Gen1 SDHI controller
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mux/adi,adgs1408.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mux/adi,adgs1408.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..be6947f4d86b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mux/adi,adgs1408.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+Bindings for Analog Devices ADGS1408/1409 8:1/Dual 4:1 Mux
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be one of
+ * "adi,adgs1408"
+ * "adi,adgs1409"
+* Standard mux-controller bindings as described in mux-controller.txt
+
+Optional properties for ADGS1408/1409:
+- gpio-controller : if present, #gpio-cells is required.
+- #gpio-cells : should be <2>
+ - First cell is the GPO line number, i.e. 0 to 3
+ for ADGS1408 and 0 to 4 for ADGS1409
+ - Second cell is used to specify active high (0)
+ or active low (1)
+
+Optional properties:
+- idle-state : if present, the state that the mux controller will have
+ when idle. The special state MUX_IDLE_AS_IS is the default and
+ MUX_IDLE_DISCONNECT is also supported.
+
+States 0 through 7 correspond to signals S1 through S8 in the datasheet.
+For ADGS1409 only states 0 to 3 are available.
+
+Example:
+
+ /*
+ * One mux controller.
+ * Mux state set to idle as is (no idle-state declared)
+ */
+ &spi0 {
+ mux: mux-controller@0 {
+ compatible = "adi,adgs1408";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+ #mux-control-cells = <0>;
+ };
+ }
+
+ adc-mux {
+ compatible = "io-channel-mux";
+ io-channels = <&adc 1>;
+ io-channel-names = "parent";
+ mux-controls = <&mux>;
+
+ channels = "out_a0", "out_a1", "test0", "test1",
+ "out_b0", "out_b1", "testb0", "testb1";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
index a700943218ca..ac145b885e95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ Microchip KSZ Series Ethernet switches
Required properties:
- compatible: For external switch chips, compatible string must be exactly one
- of: "microchip,ksz9477"
+ of the following:
+ - "microchip,ksz9477"
+ - "microchip,ksz9897"
See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional
required and optional properties.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt
index cfe724398a12..5bb3a18cc38d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt
@@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ Required properties:
- reset-names: must be "stmmaceth"
- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt
- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt
-- #address-cells: shall be 1
-- #size-cells: shall be 0
- syscon: A phandle to the device containing the EMAC or GMAC clock register
Optional properties:
@@ -86,8 +84,6 @@ emac: ethernet@1c0b000 {
reset-names = "stmmaceth";
clocks = <&ccu CLK_BUS_EMAC>;
clock-names = "stmmaceth";
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
phy-handle = <&int_mii_phy>;
phy-mode = "mii";
@@ -137,8 +133,6 @@ emac: ethernet@1c0b000 {
reset-names = "stmmaceth";
clocks = <&ccu CLK_BUS_EMAC>;
clock-names = "stmmaceth";
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
phy-handle = <&ext_rgmii_phy>;
phy-mode = "rgmii";
@@ -191,8 +185,6 @@ emac: ethernet@1c0b000 {
reset-names = "stmmaceth";
clocks = <&ccu CLK_BUS_EMAC>;
clock-names = "stmmaceth";
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
phy-handle = <&ext_rgmii_phy>;
phy-mode = "rgmii";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt
index 5b937403fed6..92f399ec22b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
Required properties:
- compatible: Should be "nxp,pn544-i2c".
-- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency.
+- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency.
- reg: address on the bus
- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected
- enable-gpios: Output GPIO pin used for enabling/disabling the PN544
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
index 19740d01cab0..da249b7c406c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,etheravb-rcar-gen2" as a fallback for the above
R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 devices.
+ - "renesas,etheravb-r8a774a1" for the R8A774A1 SoC.
- "renesas,etheravb-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 SoC.
- "renesas,etheravb-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 SoC.
- "renesas,etheravb-r8a77965" for the R8A77965 SoC.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,etheravb-r8a77990" for the R8A77990 SoC.
- "renesas,etheravb-r8a77995" for the R8A77995 SoC.
- "renesas,etheravb-rcar-gen3" as a fallback for the above
- R-Car Gen3 devices.
+ R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 devices.
When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
index 729f6747813b..792bc5fafeb9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Freescale i.MX6 On-Chip OTP Controller (OCOTP) device tree bindings
This binding represents the on-chip eFuse OTP controller found on
-i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, i.MX6SX and i.MX6UL SoCs.
+i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, i.MX6SX, i.MX6UL and i.MX6SLL SoCs.
Required properties:
- compatible: should be one of
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
"fsl,imx6sx-ocotp" (i.MX6SX),
"fsl,imx6ul-ocotp" (i.MX6UL),
"fsl,imx7d-ocotp" (i.MX7D/S),
+ "fsl,imx6sll-ocotp" (i.MX6SLL),
followed by "syscon".
- #address-cells : Should be 1
- #size-cells : Should be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/sc27xx-efuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/sc27xx-efuse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..586c08286aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/sc27xx-efuse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+= Spreadtrum SC27XX PMIC eFuse device tree bindings =
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of the following.
+ "sprd,sc2720-efuse"
+ "sprd,sc2721-efuse"
+ "sprd,sc2723-efuse"
+ "sprd,sc2730-efuse"
+ "sprd,sc2731-efuse"
+- reg: Specify the address offset of efuse controller.
+- hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node.
+
+= Data cells =
+Are child nodes of eFuse, bindings of which as described in
+bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
+
+Example:
+
+ sc2731_pmic: pmic@0 {
+ compatible = "sprd,sc2731";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <26000000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ efuse@380 {
+ compatible = "sprd,sc2731-efuse";
+ reg = <0x380>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ hwlocks = <&hwlock 12>;
+
+ /* Data cells */
+ thermal_calib: calib@10 {
+ reg = <0x10 0x2>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+= Data consumers =
+Are device nodes which consume nvmem data cells.
+
+Example:
+
+ thermal {
+ ...
+ nvmem-cells = <&thermal_calib>;
+ nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sr-pcie-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sr-pcie-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e8d82286beb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sr-pcie-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Broadcom Stingray PCIe PHY
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "brcm,sr-pcie-phy"
+- reg: base address and length of the PCIe SS register space
+- brcm,sr-cdru: phandle to the CDRU syscon node
+- brcm,sr-mhb: phandle to the MHB syscon node
+- #phy-cells: Must be 1, denotes the PHY index
+
+For PAXB based root complex, one can have a configuration of up to 8 PHYs
+PHY index goes from 0 to 7
+
+For the internal PAXC based root complex, PHY index is always 8
+
+Example:
+ mhb: syscon@60401000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,sr-mhb", "syscon";
+ reg = <0 0x60401000 0 0x38c>;
+ };
+
+ cdru: syscon@6641d000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,sr-cdru", "syscon";
+ reg = <0 0x6641d000 0 0x400>;
+ };
+
+ pcie_phy: phy@40000000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,sr-pcie-phy";
+ reg = <0 0x40000000 0 0x800>;
+ brcm,sr-cdru = <&cdru>;
+ brcm,sr-mhb = <&mhb>;
+ #phy-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ /* users of the PCIe PHY */
+
+ pcie0: pcie@48000000 {
+ ...
+ ...
+ phys = <&pcie_phy 0>;
+ phy-names = "pcie-phy";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt
index 0d34b2b4a6b7..a5f7a4f0dbc1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt
@@ -47,6 +47,12 @@ Required properties (port (child) node):
- PHY_TYPE_PCIE
- PHY_TYPE_SATA
+Optional properties (PHY_TYPE_USB2 port (child) node):
+- mediatek,eye-src : u32, the value of slew rate calibrate
+- mediatek,eye-vrt : u32, the selection of VRT reference voltage
+- mediatek,eye-term : u32, the selection of HS_TX TERM reference voltage
+- mediatek,bc12 : bool, enable BC12 of u2phy if support it
+
Example:
u3phy: usb-phy@11290000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
index 266a1bb8bb6e..0c7629e88bf3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,14 @@ Required properties:
"qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy on sdm845,
"qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 UNI phy on sdm845.
- - reg: offset and length of register set for PHY's common serdes block.
+ - reg:
+ - For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy":
+ - index 0: address and length of register set for PHY's common serdes
+ block.
+ - named register "dp_com" (using reg-names): address and length of the
+ DP_COM control block.
+ - For all others:
+ - offset and length of register set for PHY's common serdes block.
- #clock-cells: must be 1
- Phy pll outputs a bunch of clocks for Tx, Rx and Pipe
@@ -60,7 +67,10 @@ Required nodes:
Required properties for child node:
- reg: list of offset and length pairs of register sets for PHY blocks -
- tx, rx and pcs.
+ - index 0: tx
+ - index 1: rx
+ - index 2: pcs
+ - index 3: pcs_misc (optional)
- #phy-cells: must be 0
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-pcie.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..63853b35e083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-pcie.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* Renesas R-Car generation 3 PCIe PHY
+
+This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car
+generation 3 PCIe PHY contains.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "renesas,r8a77980-pcie-phy" if the device is a part of the
+ R8A77980 SoC.
+- reg: offset and length of the register block.
+- clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair.
+- power-domains: power domain phandle and specifier pair.
+- resets: reset phandle and specifier pair.
+- #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <0>.
+
+Example (R-Car V3H):
+
+ pcie-phy@e65d0000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,r8a77980-pcie-phy";
+ reg = <0 0xe65d0000 0 0x8000>;
+ #phy-cells = <0>;
+ clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 319>;
+ power-domains = <&sysc 32>;
+ resets = <&cpg 319>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
index dbd137c079e2..fb4a204da2bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required properties:
SoC.
"renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77965" if the device is a part of an
R8A77965 SoC.
+ "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77990" if the device is a part of an
+ R8A77990 SoC.
"renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77995" if the device is a part of an
R8A77995 SoC.
"renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,madera-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,madera-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b0e36cf0d289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,madera-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+Cirrus Logic Madera class audio codecs pinctrl driver
+
+The Cirrus Logic Madera codecs provide a number of GPIO functions for
+interfacing to external hardware and to provide logic outputs to other devices.
+Certain groups of GPIO pins also have an alternate function, normally as an
+audio interface.
+
+The set of available GPIOs, functions and alternate function groups differs
+between codecs so refer to the datasheet for the codec for further information
+on what is supported on that device.
+
+The properties for this driver exist within the parent MFD driver node.
+
+See also
+ the core bindings for the parent MFD driver:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/madera.txt
+
+ the generic pinmix bindings:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties of parent mfd node:
+ - pinctrl-names : must be "default"
+ - pinctrl-0 : a phandle to the node containing the subnodes containing default
+ configurations
+
+Required subnodes:
+ One subnode is required to contain the default settings. It contains an
+ arbitrary number of configuration subnodes, one for each group or pin
+ configuration you want to apply as a default.
+
+Required properties of configuration subnodes:
+ - groups : name of one pin group to configure. One of:
+ aif1, aif2, aif3, aif4, mif1, mif2, mif3, pdmspk1, pdmspk2,
+ dmic4, dmic5, dmic6,
+ gpio1, gpio2, ..., gpio40
+ The gpioN groups select the single pin of this name for configuration
+
+Optional properties of configuration subnodes:
+ Any configuration option not explicitly listed in the dts will be left at
+ chip default setting.
+
+ - function : name of function to assign to this group. One of:
+ aif1, aif2, aif3, aif4, mif1, mif2, mif3, pdmspk1, pdmspk2,
+ dmic3, dmic4, dmic5, dmic6,
+ io, dsp-gpio, irq1, irq2,
+ fll1-clk, fll1-lock, fll2-clk, fll2-lock, fll3-clk, fll3-lock,
+ fllao-clk, fllao-lock,
+ opclk, opclk-async, pwm1, pwm2, spdif,
+ asrc1-in1-lock, asrc1-in2-lock, asrc2-in1-lock, asrc2-in2-lock,
+ spkl-short-circuit, spkr-short-circuit, spk-shutdown,
+ spk-overheat-shutdown, spk-overheat-warn,
+ timer1-sts, timer2-sts, timer3-sts, timer4-sts, timer5-sts, timer6-sts,
+ timer7-sts, timer8-sts,
+ log1-fifo-ne, log2-fifo-ne, log3-fifo-ne, log4-fifo-ne, log5-fifo-ne,
+ log6-fifo-ne, log7-fifo-ne, log8-fifo-ne,
+
+ - bias-disable : disable pull-up and pull-down
+ - bias-bus-hold : enable buskeeper
+ - bias-pull-up : output is pulled-up
+ - bias-pull-down : output is pulled-down
+ - drive-push-pull : CMOS output
+ - drive-open-drain : open-drain output
+ - drive-strength : drive strength in mA. Valid values are 4 or 8
+ - input-schmitt-enable : enable schmitt-trigger mode
+ - input-schmitt-disable : disable schmitt-trigger mode
+ - input-debounce : A value of 0 disables debounce, a value !=0 enables
+ debounce
+ - output-low : set the pin to output mode with low level
+ - output-high : set the pin to output mode with high level
+
+Example:
+
+cs47l85@0 {
+ compatible = "cirrus,cs47l85";
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&cs47l85_defaults>;
+
+ cs47l85_defaults: cs47l85-gpio-defaults {
+ aif1 {
+ groups = "aif1";
+ function = "aif1";
+ bias-bus-hold;
+ };
+
+ aif2 {
+ groups = "aif2";
+ function = "aif2";
+ bias-bus-hold;
+ };
+
+ opclk {
+ groups = "gpio1";
+ function = "opclk";
+ bias-pull-up;
+ drive-strength = <8>;
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
index ad9bbbba36e9..cef2b5855d60 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
@@ -103,6 +103,12 @@ Optional properties:
#pinctrl-cells: Number of pin control cells in addition to the index within the
pin controller device instance
+pinctrl-use-default: Boolean. Indicates that the OS can use the boot default
+ pin configuration. This allows using an OS that does not have a
+ driver for the pin controller. This property can be set either
+ globally for the pin controller or in child nodes for individual
+ pin group control.
+
Pin controller devices should contain the pin configuration nodes that client
devices reference.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..651491bb63b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Qualcomm PON Device
+
+The Power On device for Qualcomm PM8xxx is MFD supporting pwrkey
+and resin along with the Android reboot-mode.
+
+This DT node has pwrkey and resin as sub nodes.
+
+Required Properties:
+-compatible: "qcom,pm8916-pon"
+-reg: Specifies the physical address of the pon register
+
+Optional subnode:
+-pwrkey: Specifies the subnode pwrkey and should follow the
+ qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt description.
+-resin: Specifies the subnode resin and should follow the
+ qcom,pm8xxx-pwrkey.txt description.
+
+The rest of the properties should follow the generic reboot-mode description
+found in reboot-mode.txt
+
+Example:
+
+ pon@800 {
+ compatible = "qcom,pm8916-pon";
+
+ reg = <0x800>;
+ mode-bootloader = <0x2>;
+ mode-recovery = <0x1>;
+
+ pwrkey {
+ compatible = "qcom,pm8941-pwrkey";
+ interrupts = <0x0 0x8 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
+ debounce = <15625>;
+ bias-pull-up;
+ linux,code = <KEY_POWER>;
+ };
+
+ resin {
+ compatible = "qcom,pm8941-resin";
+ interrupts = <0x0 0x8 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
+ debounce = <15625>;
+ bias-pull-up;
+ linux,code = <KEY_VOLUMEDOWN>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,ds2760.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,ds2760.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..55967a0bee11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,ds2760.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Devicetree bindings for Maxim DS2760
+====================================
+
+The ds2760 is a w1 slave device and must hence have its sub-node in DT
+under a w1 bus master node.
+
+The device exposes a power supply, so the details described in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/power_supply.txt apply.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "maxim,ds2760"
+
+Optional properties:
+- power-supplies: Refers to one or more power supplies connected to
+ this battery.
+- maxim,pmod-enabled: This boolean property enables the DS2760 to enter
+ sleep mode when the DQ line goes low for greater
+ than 2 seconds and leave sleep Mode when the DQ
+ line goes high.
+- maxim,cache-time-ms: Time im milliseconds to cache the data for. When
+ this time expires, the values are read again from
+ the hardware. Defaults to 1000.
+- rated-capacity-microamp-hours:
+ The rated capacity of the battery, in mAh.
+ If not specified, the value stored in the
+ non-volatile chip memory is used.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt
index c40e8926facf..4e78e51018eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,11 @@ SBS sbs-battery
~~~~~~~~~~
Required properties :
- - compatible : "sbs,sbs-battery"
+ - compatible: "<vendor>,<part-number>", "sbs,sbs-battery" as fallback. The
+ part number compatible string might be used in order to take care of
+ vendor specific registers.
+ Known <vendor>,<part-number>:
+ ti,bq20z75
Optional properties :
- sbs,i2c-retry-count : The number of times to retry i2c transactions on i2c
@@ -14,9 +18,9 @@ Optional properties :
Example:
- bq20z75@b {
- compatible = "sbs,sbs-battery";
- reg = < 0xb >;
+ battery@b {
+ compatible = "ti,bq20z75", "sbs,sbs-battery";
+ reg = <0xb>;
sbs,i2c-retry-count = <2>;
sbs,poll-retry-count = <10>;
sbs,battery-detect-gpios = <&gpio-controller 122 1>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt
index 3899d6a557c1..576ad002bc83 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,10 @@ modes in device tree.
Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "fsl,vf610-ftm-pwm".
+- compatible : should be "fsl,<soc>-ftm-pwm" and one of the following
+ compatible strings:
+ - "fsl,vf610-ftm-pwm" for PWM compatible with the one integrated on VF610
+ - "fsl,imx8qm-ftm-pwm" for PWM compatible with the one integrated on i.MX8QM
- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers
- #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
the cells format.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-mediatek.txt
index ef8bd3cb67ab..991728cb46cb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-mediatek.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-mediatek.txt
@@ -5,11 +5,13 @@ Required properties:
- "mediatek,mt2712-pwm": found on mt2712 SoC.
- "mediatek,mt7622-pwm": found on mt7622 SoC.
- "mediatek,mt7623-pwm": found on mt7623 SoC.
+ - "mediatek,mt7628-pwm": found on mt7628 SoC.
- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
- #pwm-cells: must be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
the cell format.
- clocks: phandle and clock specifier of the PWM reference clock.
- - clock-names: must contain the following:
+ - clock-names: must contain the following, except for MT7628 which
+ has no clocks
- "top": the top clock generator
- "main": clock used by the PWM core
- "pwm1-8": the eight per PWM clocks for mt2712
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
index 35a3b9761ee5..e1ef6afbe3a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required Properties:
- "renesas,pwm-r8a7795": for R-Car H3
- "renesas,pwm-r8a7796": for R-Car M3-W
- "renesas,pwm-r8a77965": for R-Car M3-N
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a77990": for R-Car E3
- "renesas,pwm-r8a77995": for R-Car D3
- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the PWM.
- #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
index d90182425450..601dd9f389aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ on the Qualcomm Hexagon core.
Value type: <string>
Definition: must be one of:
"qcom,q6v5-pil",
+ "qcom,ipq8074-wcss-pil"
"qcom,msm8916-mss-pil",
"qcom,msm8974-mss-pil"
"qcom,msm8996-mss-pil"
@@ -50,11 +51,15 @@ on the Qualcomm Hexagon core.
Usage: required
Value type: <phandle>
Definition: reference to the reset-controller for the modem sub-system
+ reference to the list of 3 reset-controllers for the
+ wcss sub-system
- reset-names:
Usage: required
Value type: <stringlist>
- Definition: must be "mss_restart"
+ Definition: must be "mss_restart" for the modem sub-system
+ Definition: must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset"
+ for the wcss syb-system
- cx-supply:
- mss-supply:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
index 16291f2a4688..bac4afa3b197 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ compatible (optional) - standard definition
- may contain the following strings:
- shared-dma-pool: This indicates a region of memory meant to be
used as a shared pool of DMA buffers for a set of devices. It can
- be used by an operating system to instanciate the necessary pool
+ be used by an operating system to instantiate the necessary pool
management subsystem if necessary.
- vendor specific string in the form <vendor>,[<device>-]<usage>
no-map (optional) - empty property
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-axg-audio-arb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-axg-audio-arb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..26e542eb96df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-axg-audio-arb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Amlogic audio memory arbiter controller
+
+The Amlogic Audio ARB is a simple device which enables or
+disables the access of Audio FIFOs to DDR on AXG based SoC.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: 'amlogic,meson-axg-audio-arb'
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory
+ mapped region.
+- clocks: phandle to the fifo peripheral clock provided by the audio
+ clock controller.
+- #reset-cells: must be 1.
+
+Example on the A113 SoC:
+
+arb: reset-controller@280 {
+ compatible = "amlogic,meson-axg-audio-arb";
+ reg = <0x0 0x280 0x0 0x4>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ clocks = <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_DDR_ARB>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..510c748656ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Qualcomm AOSS Reset Controller
+======================================
+
+This binding describes a reset-controller found on AOSS-CC (always on subsystem)
+for Qualcomm SDM845 SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <string>
+ Definition: must be:
+ "qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc"
+
+- reg:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+ Definition: must specify the base address and size of the register
+ space.
+
+- #reset-cells:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <uint>
+ Definition: must be 1; cell entry represents the reset index.
+
+Example:
+
+aoss_reset: reset-controller@c2a0000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc";
+ reg = <0xc2a0000 0x31000>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules
+==============================================
+
+Device nodes that need access to reset lines should
+specify them as a reset phandle in their corresponding node as
+specified in reset.txt.
+
+For list of all valid reset indicies see
+<dt-bindings/reset/qcom,sdm845-aoss.h>
+
+Example:
+
+modem-pil@4080000 {
+ ...
+
+ resets = <&aoss_reset AOSS_CC_MSS_RESTART>;
+ reset-names = "mss_restart";
+
+ ...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt
index 93efed629900..101743dda223 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt
@@ -118,3 +118,59 @@ Example:
other nodes ...
};
+
+
+USB3 core reset
+---------------
+
+USB3 core reset belongs to USB3 glue layer. Before using the core reset,
+it is necessary to control the clocks and resets to enable this layer.
+These clocks and resets should be described in each property.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be
+ "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-reset" - for Pro4 SoC
+ "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-reset" - for PXs2 SoC
+ "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-reset" - for LD20 SoC
+ "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-reset" - for PXs3 SoC
+- #reset-cells: Should be 1.
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
+ According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
+- clock-names: Should contain
+ "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+ "link" - for others
+- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
+ According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
+- reset-names: Should contain
+ "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+ "link" - for others
+
+Example:
+
+ usb-glue@65b00000 {
+ compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-dwc3-glue",
+ "simple-mfd";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges = <0 0x65b00000 0x400>;
+
+ usb_rst: reset@0 {
+ compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-reset";
+ reg = <0x0 0x4>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ clock-names = "link";
+ clocks = <&sys_clk 14>;
+ reset-names = "link";
+ resets = <&sys_rst 14>;
+ };
+
+ regulator {
+ ...
+ };
+
+ phy {
+ ...
+ };
+ ...
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c3efd48e91c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Intersil ISL1219 I2C RTC/Alarm chip with event in
+
+ISL1219 has additional pins EVIN and #EVDET for tamper detection.
+
+Required properties supported by the device:
+
+ - "compatible": must be "isil,isl1219"
+ - "reg": I2C bus address of the device
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - "interrupt-names": list which may contains "irq" and "evdet"
+ - "interrupts": list of interrupts for "irq" and "evdet"
+ - "isil,ev-evienb": if present EV.EVIENB bit is set to the specified
+ value for proper operation.
+
+
+Example isl1219 node with #IRQ pin connected to SoC gpio1 pin12
+ and #EVDET pin connected to SoC gpio2 pin 24:
+
+ isl1219: rtc@68 {
+ compatible = "isil,isl1219";
+ reg = <0x68>;
+ interrupt-names = "irq", "evdet";
+ interrupts-extended = <&gpio1 12 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>,
+ <&gpio2 24 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+ isil,ev-evienb = <1>;
+ };
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt
index 226cc93df875..eebfbe04207a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required properties:
"maxim,ds3231",
"st,m41t0",
"st,m41t00",
+ "st,m41t11",
"microchip,mcp7940x",
"microchip,mcp7941x",
"pericom,pt7c4338",
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt
index afcfbc34e243..35957cbf1571 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,11 @@ Optional properties:
- fsl,dte-mode : Indicate the uart works in DTE mode. The uart works
in DCE mode by default.
- rs485-rts-delay, rs485-rts-active-low, rs485-rx-during-tx,
- linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: see rs485.txt
+ linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: see rs485.txt. Note that for RS485
+ you must enable either the "uart-has-rtscts" or the "rts-gpios"
+ properties. In case you use "uart-has-rtscts" the signal that controls
+ the transceiver is actually CTS_B, not RTS_B. CTS_B is always output,
+ and RTS_B is input, regardless of dte-mode.
Please check Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/serial.txt
for the complete list of generic properties.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
index f73abff3de43..742cb470595b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties:
* "mediatek,mt6582-uart" for MT6582 compatible UARTS
* "mediatek,mt6589-uart" for MT6589 compatible UARTS
* "mediatek,mt6755-uart" for MT6755 compatible UARTS
+ * "mediatek,mt6765-uart" for MT6765 compatible UARTS
* "mediatek,mt6795-uart" for MT6795 compatible UARTS
* "mediatek,mt6797-uart" for MT6797 compatible UARTS
* "mediatek,mt7622-uart" for MT7622 compatible UARTS
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
index 4b0f05adb228..c35d5ece1156 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
OMAP UART controller
Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "ti,am654-uart" for AM654 controllers
- compatible : should be "ti,omap2-uart" for OMAP2 controllers
- compatible : should be "ti,omap3-uart" for OMAP3 controllers
- compatible : should be "ti,omap4-uart" for OMAP4 controllers
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8b9e0d4dc2e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Renesas RZ/N1 UART
+
+This controller is based on the Synopsys DesignWare ABP UART and inherits all
+properties defined in snps-dw-apb-uart.txt except for the compatible property.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : The device specific string followed by the generic RZ/N1 string.
+ Therefore it must be one of:
+ "renesas,r9a06g032-uart", "renesas,rzn1-uart"
+ "renesas,r9a06g033-uart", "renesas,rzn1-uart"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
index 106808b55b6d..eaca9da79d83 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: Must contain one or more of the following:
- "renesas,scif-r7s72100" for R7S72100 (RZ/A1H) SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif-r7s9210" for R7S9210 (RZ/A2) SCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifa-r8a73a4" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) SCIFA compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifb-r8a73a4" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) SCIFB compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifa-r8a7740" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) SCIFA compatible UART.
@@ -72,7 +73,21 @@ Required properties:
family-specific and/or generic versions.
- reg: Base address and length of the I/O registers used by the UART.
- - interrupts: Must contain an interrupt-specifier for the SCIx interrupt.
+ - interrupts: Must contain one or more interrupt-specifiers for the SCIx.
+ If a single interrupt is expressed, then all events are
+ multiplexed into this single interrupt.
+
+ If multiple interrupts are provided by the hardware, the order
+ in which the interrupts are listed must match order below. Note
+ that some HW interrupt events may be muxed together resulting
+ in duplicate entries.
+ The interrupt order is as follows:
+ 1. Error (ERI)
+ 2. Receive buffer full (RXI)
+ 3. Transmit buffer empty (TXI)
+ 4. Break (BRI)
+ 5. Data Ready (DRI)
+ 6. Transmit End (TEI)
- clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock-specifier pair for each entry
in clock-names.
@@ -89,7 +104,7 @@ Required properties:
- "scif_clk" for the optional external clock source for the frequency
divider (SCIF_CLK).
-Note: Each enabled SCIx UART should have an alias correctly numbered in the
+Note: Each enabled SCIx UART may have an optional "serialN" alias in the
"aliases" node.
Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/xlnx,opb-uartlite.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/xlnx,opb-uartlite.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c37deb44dead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/xlnx,opb-uartlite.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Xilinx Axi Uartlite controller Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Can be either of
+ "xlnx,xps-uartlite-1.00.a"
+ "xlnx,opb-uartlite-1.00.b"
+- reg : Physical base address and size of the Axi Uartlite
+ registers map.
+- interrupts : Should contain the UART controller interrupt.
+
+Optional properties:
+- port-number : Set Uart port number
+- clock-names : Should be "s_axi_aclk"
+- clocks : Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings.
+
+Example:
+serial@800c0000 {
+ compatible = "xlnx,xps-uartlite-1.00.a";
+ reg = <0x0 0x800c0000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <0x0 0x6e 0x1>;
+ port-number = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/slimbus/slim-ngd-qcom-ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/slimbus/slim-ngd-qcom-ctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e94a2ad3a710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/slimbus/slim-ngd-qcom-ctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+Qualcomm SLIMBus Non Generic Device (NGD) Controller binding
+
+SLIMBus NGD controller is a light-weight driver responsible for communicating
+with SLIMBus slaves directly over the bus using messaging interface and
+communicating with master component residing on ADSP for bandwidth and
+data-channel management
+
+Please refer to slimbus/bus.txt for details of the common SLIMBus bindings.
+
+- compatible:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <stringlist>
+ Definition: must be "qcom,slim-ngd-v<MAJOR>.<MINOR>.<STEP>"
+ must be one of the following.
+ "qcom,slim-ngd-v1.5.0" for MSM8996
+ "qcom,slim-ngd-v2.1.0" for SDM845
+
+- reg:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+ Definition: must specify the base address and size of the controller
+ register space.
+- dmas
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <array of phandles>
+ Definition: List of rx and tx dma channels
+
+- dma-names
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <stringlist>
+ Definition: must be "rx" and "tx".
+
+- interrupts:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+ Definition: must list controller IRQ.
+
+#address-cells
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <u32>
+ Definition: Should be 1, reflecting the instance id of ngd.
+
+#size-cells
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <u32>
+ Definition: Should be 0
+
+= NGD Devices
+Each subnode represents an instance of NGD, must contain the following
+properties:
+
+- reg:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <u32>
+ Definition: Should be instance id of ngd.
+
+#address-cells
+ Usage: required
+ Refer to slimbus/bus.txt for details of the common SLIMBus bindings.
+
+#size-cells
+ Usage: required
+ Refer to slimbus/bus.txt for details of the common SLIMBus bindings.
+
+= EXAMPLE
+
+slim@91c0000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,slim-ngd-v1.5.0";
+ reg = <0x91c0000 0x2c000>;
+ interrupts = <0 163 0>;
+ dmas = <&slimbam 3>, <&slimbam 4>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ ngd@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ codec@1 {
+ compatible = "slim217,1a0";
+ reg = <1 0>;
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
index bf80e3f96f8c..f9987c30f0d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ IP Pairing
Required properties in pwrap device node.
- compatible:
"mediatek,mt2701-pwrap" for MT2701/7623 SoCs
+ "mediatek,mt6797-pwrap" for MT6797 SoCs
"mediatek,mt7622-pwrap" for MT7622 SoCs
"mediatek,mt8135-pwrap" for MT8135 SoCs
"mediatek,mt8173-pwrap" for MT8173 SoCs
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.txt
index 68b7d6207e3d..ff92e5a41bed 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.txt
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Child nodes should conform to I2C bus binding as described in i2c.txt.
Qualcomm Technologies Inc. GENI Serial Engine based UART Controller
Required properties:
-- compatible: Must be "qcom,geni-debug-uart".
+- compatible: Must be "qcom,geni-debug-uart" or "qcom,geni-uart".
- reg: Must contain UART register location and length.
- interrupts: Must contain UART core interrupts.
- clock-names: Must contain "se".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt
index 9663cab52246..0b8cc533ca83 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,11 @@ edge.
Value type: <stringlist>
Definition: must be "qcom,glink-rpm"
+- label:
+ Usage: optional
+ Value type: <string>
+ Definition: should specify the subsystem name this edge corresponds to.
+
- interrupts:
Usage: required
Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt
index 93b982e9419f..feef39b4a4fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt
@@ -17,20 +17,18 @@ Example:
/* upstream device */
- ssp0: ssp@41000000 {
+ ssp1: ssp@41000000 {
compatible = "mrvl,pxa3xx-ssp";
reg = <0x41000000 0x40>;
interrupts = <24>;
clock-names = "pxa27x-ssp.0";
- dmas = <&dma 13
- &dma 14>;
- dma-names = "rx", "tx";
};
/* DAI as user */
ssp_dai0: ssp_dai@0 {
compatible = "mrvl,pxa-ssp-dai";
- port = <&ssp0>;
+ port = <&ssp1>;
+ #sound-dai-cells = <0>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
index d087f04a4d7f..c51ade86578c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
@@ -10,8 +10,14 @@ Controller Node
Required properties:
- compatible : should be:
- - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller"
- - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-controller"
+ - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller" (deprecated)
+ - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control"
+ - "allwinner,sun5i-a13-system-control"
+ - "allwinner,sun7i-a20-system-control", "allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control"
+ - "allwinner,sun8i-a23-system-control"
+ - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-system-control"
+ - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-controller" (deprecated)
+ - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control"
- reg : sram controller register offset + length
SRAM nodes
@@ -26,8 +32,25 @@ once again the representation described in the mmio-sram binding.
The valid sections compatible for A10 are:
- allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4
+ - allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
- allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d
+The valid sections compatible for A13 are:
+ - allwinner,sun5i-a13-sram-a3-a4, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4
+ - allwinner,sun5i-a13-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+ - allwinner,sun5i-a13-sram-d, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d
+
+The valid sections compatible for A20 are:
+ - allwinner,sun7i-a20-sram-a3-a4, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4
+ - allwinner,sun7i-a20-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+ - allwinner,sun7i-a20-sram-d, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d
+
+The valid sections compatible for A23/A33 are:
+ - allwinner,sun8i-a23-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+
+The valid sections compatible for H3 are:
+ - allwinner,sun8i-h3-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+
The valid sections compatible for A64 are:
- allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c
@@ -47,8 +70,8 @@ This valid values for this argument are:
Example
-------
-sram-controller@1c00000 {
- compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller";
+system-control@1c00000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control";
reg = <0x01c00000 0x30>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
index cc553f0952c5..eb7ee91556a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ get assigned to trip points of the zone. The cooling devices are expected
to be loaded in the target system.
Required properties:
-- cooling-device: A phandle of a cooling device with its specifier,
- Type: phandle + referring to which cooling device is used in this
+- cooling-device: A list of phandles of cooling devices with their specifiers,
+ Type: phandle + referring to which cooling devices are used in this
cooling specifier binding. In the cooling specifier, the first cell
is the minimum cooling state and the second cell
is the maximum cooling state used in this map.
@@ -276,12 +276,7 @@ thermal-zones {
};
map1 {
trip = <&cpu_alert1>;
- cooling-device = <&fan0 5 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>;
- };
- map2 {
- trip = <&cpu_alert1>;
- cooling-device =
- <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>;
+ cooling-device = <&fan0 5 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>, <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>;
};
};
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,davinci-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,davinci-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..29bf91ccf5b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,davinci-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+* Device tree bindings for Texas Instruments DaVinci timer
+
+This document provides bindings for the 64-bit timer in the DaVinci
+architecture devices. The timer can be configured as a general-purpose 64-bit
+timer, dual general-purpose 32-bit timers. When configured as dual 32-bit
+timers, each half can operate in conjunction (chain mode) or independently
+(unchained mode) of each other.
+
+The timer is a free running up-counter and can generate interrupts when the
+counter reaches preset counter values.
+
+Also see ../watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt for timers that are configurable as
+watchdog timers.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "ti,da830-timer".
+- reg : specifies base physical address and count of the registers.
+- interrupts : interrupts generated by the timer.
+- interrupt-names: should be "tint12", "tint34", "cmpint0", "cmpint1",
+ "cmpint2", "cmpint3", "cmpint4", "cmpint5", "cmpint6",
+ "cmpint7" ("cmpintX" may be omitted if not present in the
+ hardware).
+- clocks : the clock feeding the timer clock.
+
+Example:
+
+ clocksource: timer@20000 {
+ compatible = "ti,da830-timer";
+ reg = <0x20000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <21>, <22>, <74>, <75>, <76>, <77>, <78>, <79>,
+ <80>, <81>;
+ interrupt-names = "tint12", "tint34", "cmpint0", "cmpint1",
+ "cmpint2", "cmpint3", "cmpint4", "cmpint5",
+ "cmpint6", "cmpint7";
+ clocks = <&pll0_auxclk>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
index 7f13ebef06cb..3e4c38b806ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -96,6 +96,11 @@ Optional properties:
enable periodic ESS TX threshold.
- <DEPRECATED> tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated.
+ - snps,incr-burst-type-adjustment: Value for INCR burst type of GSBUSCFG0
+ register, undefined length INCR burst type enable and INCRx type.
+ When just one value, which means INCRX burst mode enabled. When
+ more than one value, which means undefined length INCR burst type
+ enabled. The values can be 1, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and 256.
- in addition all properties from usb-xhci.txt from the current directory are
supported as well
@@ -108,4 +113,5 @@ dwc3@4a030000 {
reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>;
interrupts = <0 92 4>
usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>;
+ snps,incr-burst-type-adjustment = <1>, <4>, <8>, <16>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/npcm7xx-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/npcm7xx-usb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5a0f1f14fbfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/npcm7xx-usb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Nuvoton NPCM7XX SoC USB controllers:
+-----------------------------
+
+EHCI:
+-----
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nuvoton,npcm750-ehci"
+- interrupts: Should contain the EHCI interrupt
+- reg: Physical address and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+ ehci1: usb@f0806000 {
+ compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-ehci";
+ reg = <0xf0806000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 61 4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/typec-tcpci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/typec-tcpci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0dd1469e7318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/typec-tcpci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+TCPCI(Typec port cotroller interface) binding
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be set one of following:
+ - "nxp,ptn5110" for NXP USB PD TCPC PHY IC ptn5110.
+
+- reg: the i2c slave address of typec port controller device.
+- interrupt-parent: the phandle to the interrupt controller which provides
+ the interrupt.
+- interrupts: interrupt specification for tcpci alert.
+
+Required sub-node:
+- connector: The "usb-c-connector" attached to the tcpci chip, the bindings
+ of connector node are specified in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+
+Example:
+
+ptn5110@50 {
+ compatible = "nxp,ptn5110";
+ reg = <0x50>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>;
+ interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+
+ usb_con: connector {
+ compatible = "usb-c-connector";
+ label = "USB-C";
+ data-role = "dual";
+ power-role = "dual";
+ try-power-role = "sink";
+ source-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 2000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)>;
+ sink-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 2000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)
+ PDO_VAR(5000, 12000, 2000)>;
+ op-sink-microwatt = <10000000>;
+
+ ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ port@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ usb_con_ss: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&usb3_data_ss>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
index bd1dd316fb23..ac4cd0d6195a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,xhci-r8a7795" for r8a7795 SoC
- "renesas,xhci-r8a7796" for r8a7796 SoC
- "renesas,xhci-r8a77965" for r8a77965 SoC
+ - "renesas,xhci-r8a77990" for r8a77990 SoC
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible
device
- "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index f32b79814dd7..2c3fc512e746 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ excito Excito
ezchip EZchip Semiconductor
fairphone Fairphone B.V.
faraday Faraday Technology Corporation
+fastrax Fastrax Oy
fcs Fairchild Semiconductor
firefly Firefly
focaltech FocalTech Systems Co.,Ltd
@@ -141,6 +142,7 @@ geekbuying GeekBuying
gef GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc.
GEFanuc GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc.
geniatech Geniatech, Inc.
+giantec Giantec Semiconductor, Inc.
giantplus Giantplus Technology Co., Ltd.
globalscale Globalscale Technologies, Inc.
gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc.
@@ -199,6 +201,7 @@ koe Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics Inc.
kosagi Sutajio Ko-Usagi PTE Ltd.
kyo Kyocera Corporation
lacie LaCie
+laird Laird PLC
lantiq Lantiq Semiconductor
lattice Lattice Semiconductor
lego LEGO Systems A/S
@@ -209,6 +212,7 @@ licheepi Lichee Pi
linaro Linaro Limited
linksys Belkin International, Inc. (Linksys)
linux Linux-specific binding
+linx Linx Technologies
lltc Linear Technology Corporation
logicpd Logic PD, Inc.
lsi LSI Corp. (LSI Logic)
@@ -277,6 +281,7 @@ opalkelly Opal Kelly Incorporated
opencores OpenCores.org
openrisc OpenRISC.io
option Option NV
+oranth Shenzhen Oranth Technology Co., Ltd.
ORCL Oracle Corporation
orisetech Orise Technology
ortustech Ortus Technology Co., Ltd.
@@ -320,6 +325,7 @@ rohm ROHM Semiconductor Co., Ltd
roofull Shenzhen Roofull Technology Co, Ltd
samsung Samsung Semiconductor
samtec Samtec/Softing company
+sancloud Sancloud Ltd
sandisk Sandisk Corporation
sbs Smart Battery System
schindler Schindler
@@ -390,6 +396,7 @@ tronsmart Tronsmart
truly Truly Semiconductors Limited
tsd Theobroma Systems Design und Consulting GmbH
tyan Tyan Computer Corporation
+u-blox u-blox
ucrobotics uCRobotics
ubnt Ubiquiti Networks
udoo Udoo
@@ -398,6 +405,7 @@ upisemi uPI Semiconductor Corp.
urt United Radiant Technology Corporation
usi Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd.
v3 V3 Semiconductor
+vamrs Vamrs Ltd.
variscite Variscite Ltd.
via VIA Technologies, Inc.
virtio Virtual I/O Device Specification, developed by the OASIS consortium
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt
index 37091902a021..3d6554eac240 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt
@@ -13,10 +13,15 @@ Optional properties:
- linux,open-drain: if specified, the data pin is considered in
open-drain mode.
+Also refer to the generic w1.txt document.
+
Examples:
onewire {
compatible = "w1-gpio";
- gpios = <&gpio 126 0>, <&gpio 105 0>;
- };
+ gpios = <&gpio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ battery {
+ // ...
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..05f26b27d898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Generic devicetree bindings for onewire (w1) busses
+===================================================
+
+Onewire busses are described through nodes of their master bus controller.
+Slave devices are listed as sub-nodes of such master devices. For now, only
+one slave is allowed per bus master.
+
+
+Example:
+
+ charger: charger {
+ compatible = "gpio-charger";
+ charger-type = "mains";
+ gpios = <&gpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ };
+
+ onewire {
+ compatible = "w1-gpio";
+ gpios = <&gpio 100 0>, <&gpio 101 0>;
+
+ battery {
+ compatible = "maxim,ds2760";
+ power-supplies = <&charger>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt
index ca99d64e6211..bee6f1f0e41b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt
@@ -1,17 +1,32 @@
ARM AMBA Primecell SP805 Watchdog
+SP805 WDT is a ARM Primecell Peripheral and has a standard-id register that
+can be used to identify the peripheral type, vendor, and revision.
+This value can be used for driver matching.
+
+As SP805 WDT is a primecell IP, it follows the base bindings specified in
+'arm/primecell.txt'
+
Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "arm,sp805" & "arm,primecell"
-- reg: Should contain location and length for watchdog timer register.
-- interrupts: Should contain the list of watchdog timer interrupts.
-- clocks: clocks driving the watchdog timer hardware. This list should be 2
- clocks. With 2 clocks, the order is wdogclk clock, apb_pclk.
+- compatible: Should be "arm,sp805" & "arm,primecell"
+- reg: Should contain location and length for watchdog timer register
+- clocks: Clocks driving the watchdog timer hardware. This list should be
+ 2 clocks. With 2 clocks, the order is wdog_clk, apb_pclk
+ wdog_clk can be equal to or be a sub-multiple of the apb_pclk
+ frequency
+- clock-names: Shall be "wdog_clk" for first clock and "apb_pclk" for the
+ second one
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupts: Should specify WDT interrupt number
+- timeout-sec: Should specify default WDT timeout in seconds. If unset, the
+ default timeout is determined by the driver
Example:
watchdog@66090000 {
compatible = "arm,sp805", "arm,primecell";
reg = <0x66090000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <GIC_SPI 406 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
- clocks = <&apb_pclk>,<&apb_pclk>;
- clock-names = "wdogclk", "apb_pclk";
+ clocks = <&wdt_clk>, <&apb_pclk>;
+ clock-names = "wdog_clk", "apb_pclk";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
index f24d802b8056..5d47a262474c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,r8a7796-wdt" (R-Car M3-W)
- "renesas,r8a77965-wdt" (R-Car M3-N)
- "renesas,r8a77970-wdt" (R-Car V3M)
+ - "renesas,r8a77990-wdt" (R-Car E3)
- "renesas,r8a77995-wdt" (R-Car D3)
- "renesas,r7s72100-wdt" (RZ/A1)
The generic compatible string must be:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sp805-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sp805-wdt.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index edc4f0ea54a3..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sp805-wdt.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-* ARM SP805 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller
-
-SP805 WDT is a ARM Primecell Peripheral and has a standard-id register that
-can be used to identify the peripheral type, vendor, and revision.
-This value can be used for driver matching.
-
-As SP805 WDT is a primecell IP, it follows the base bindings specified in
-'arm/primecell.txt'
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "arm,sp805-wdt", "arm,primecell"
-- reg : Base address and size of the watchdog timer registers.
-- clocks : From common clock binding.
- First clock is PCLK and the second is WDOGCLK.
- WDOGCLK can be equal to or be a sub-multiple of the PCLK frequency.
-- clock-names : From common clock binding.
- Shall be "apb_pclk" for first clock and "wdog_clk" for the
- second one.
-
-Optional properties:
-- interrupts : Should specify WDT interrupt number.
-
-Examples:
-
- cluster1_core0_watchdog: wdt@c000000 {
- compatible = "arm,sp805-wdt", "arm,primecell";
- reg = <0x0 0xc000000 0x0 0x1000>;
- clocks = <&clockgen 4 3>, <&clockgen 4 3>;
- clock-names = "apb_pclk", "wdog_clk";
- };
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stm32-iwdg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stm32-iwdg.txt
index cc13b10a3f82..d8f4430b0a13 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stm32-iwdg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stm32-iwdg.txt
@@ -2,9 +2,15 @@ STM32 Independent WatchDoG (IWDG)
---------------------------------
Required properties:
-- compatible: "st,stm32-iwdg"
-- reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device
-- clocks: must contain a single entry describing the clock input
+- compatible: Should be either:
+ - "st,stm32-iwdg"
+ - "st,stm32mp1-iwdg"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device
+- clocks: Reference to the clock entry lsi. Additional pclk clock entry
+ is required only for st,stm32mp1-iwdg.
+- clock-names: Name of the clocks used.
+ "lsi" for st,stm32-iwdg
+ "lsi", "pclk" for st,stm32mp1-iwdg
Optional Properties:
- timeout-sec: Watchdog timeout value in seconds.
@@ -15,5 +21,6 @@ iwdg: watchdog@40003000 {
compatible = "st,stm32-iwdg";
reg = <0x40003000 0x400>;
clocks = <&clk_lsi>;
+ clock-names = "lsi";
timeout-sec = <32>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst
index d35fed65eae9..8b041d0ab426 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ the loading file.
The firmware device used to help load firmware using sysfs is only created if
direct firmware loading fails and if the fallback mechanism is enabled for your
-firmware request, this is set up with fw_load_from_user_helper(). It is
+firmware request, this is set up with :c:func:`firmware_fallback_sysfs`. It is
important to re-iterate that no device is created if a direct filesystem lookup
succeeded.
@@ -108,6 +108,11 @@ firmware_data_read() and firmware_loading_show() are just provided for the
test_firmware driver for testing, they are not called in normal use or
expected to be used regularly by userspace.
+firmware_fallback_sysfs
+-----------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/firmware_loader/fallback.c
+ :functions: firmware_fallback_sysfs
+
Firmware kobject uevent fallback mechanism
==========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
index bcf2dd24e179..4b3825da48d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The programming sequence is::
3. .write_complete
The .write_init function will prepare the FPGA to receive the image data. The
-buffer passed into .write_init will be atmost .initial_header_size bytes long,
+buffer passed into .write_init will be at most .initial_header_size bytes long;
if the whole bitstream is not immediately available then the core code will
buffer up at least this much before starting.
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ scatter list. This interface is suitable for drivers which use DMA.
The .write_complete function is called after all the image has been written
to put the FPGA into operating mode.
-The ops include a .state function which will read the hardware FPGA manager and
-return a code of type enum fpga_mgr_states. It doesn't result in a change in
-hardware state.
+The ops include a .state function which will determine the state the FPGA is in
+and return a code of type enum fpga_mgr_states. It doesn't result in a change
+in state.
How to write an image buffer to a supported FPGA
------------------------------------------------
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ API for implementing a new FPGA Manager driver
.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
:functions: fpga_mgr_unregister
-API for programming a FPGA
---------------------------
+API for programming an FPGA
+---------------------------
.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
:functions: fpga_image_info
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
index f89e4a311722..f30333ce828e 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ FPGA Region
Overview
--------
-This document is meant to be an brief overview of the FPGA region API usage. A
+This document is meant to be a brief overview of the FPGA region API usage. A
more conceptual look at regions can be found in the Device Tree binding
document [#f1]_.
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ fpga_image_info including:
* pointers to the image as either a scatter-gather buffer, a contiguous
buffer, or the name of firmware file
- * flags indicating specifics such as whether the image if for partial
+ * flags indicating specifics such as whether the image is for partial
reconfiguration.
-How to program a FPGA using a region
-------------------------------------
+How to program an FPGA using a region
+-------------------------------------
First, allocate the info struct::
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ An example of usage can be seen in the probe function of [#f2]_.
.. [#f1] ../devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
.. [#f2] ../../drivers/fpga/of-fpga-region.c
-API to program a FGPA
----------------------
+API to program an FPGA
+----------------------
.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
:functions: fpga_region_program_fpga
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
index 51cd81dbb4dc..50d1cab84950 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
@@ -12,18 +12,18 @@ Linux. Some of the core intentions of the FPGA subsystems are:
* Code should not be shared between upper and lower layers. This
should go without saying. If that seems necessary, there's probably
- framework functionality that that can be added that will benefit
+ framework functionality that can be added that will benefit
other users. Write the linux-fpga mailing list and maintainers and
seek out a solution that expands the framework for broad reuse.
-* Generally, when adding code, think of the future. Plan for re-use.
+* Generally, when adding code, think of the future. Plan for reuse.
The framework in the kernel is divided into:
FPGA Manager
------------
-If you are adding a new FPGA or a new method of programming a FPGA,
+If you are adding a new FPGA or a new method of programming an FPGA,
this is the subsystem for you. Low level FPGA manager drivers contain
the knowledge of how to program a specific device. This subsystem
includes the framework in fpga-mgr.c and the low level drivers that
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ are registered with it.
FPGA Bridge
-----------
-FPGA Bridges prevent spurious signals from going out of a FPGA or a
-region of a FPGA during programming. They are disabled before
+FPGA Bridges prevent spurious signals from going out of an FPGA or a
+region of an FPGA during programming. They are disabled before
programming begins and re-enabled afterwards. An FPGA bridge may be
-actual hard hardware that gates a bus to a cpu or a soft ("freeze")
+actual hard hardware that gates a bus to a CPU or a soft ("freeze")
bridge in FPGA fabric that surrounds a partial reconfiguration region
of an FPGA. This subsystem includes fpga-bridge.c and the low level
drivers that are registered with it.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ FPGA Region
-----------
If you are adding a new interface to the FPGA framework, add it on top
-of a FPGA region to allow the most reuse of your interface.
+of an FPGA region to allow the most reuse of your interface.
The FPGA Region framework (fpga-region.c) associates managers and
bridges as reconfigurable regions. A region may refer to the whole
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst
index 4adc056f7635..70e180e6b93d 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst
@@ -118,8 +118,7 @@ PIO data read/write
All bmdma-style drivers must implement this hook. This is the low-level
operation that actually copies the data bytes during a PIO data
transfer. Typically the driver will choose one of
-:c:func:`ata_sff_data_xfer_noirq`, :c:func:`ata_sff_data_xfer`, or
-:c:func:`ata_sff_data_xfer32`.
+:c:func:`ata_sff_data_xfer`, or :c:func:`ata_sff_data_xfer32`.
ATA command execute
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/slimbus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/slimbus.rst
index a97449cf603a..410eec79b2a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/slimbus.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/slimbus.rst
@@ -125,3 +125,8 @@ Messaging APIs:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. kernel-doc:: drivers/slimbus/messaging.c
:export:
+
+Streaming APIs:
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/slimbus/stream.c
+ :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d5eec1715b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+
+API for USB Type-C Alternate Mode drivers
+=========================================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+Alternate modes require communication with the partner using Vendor Defined
+Messages (VDM) as defined in USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery Specifications.
+The communication is SVID (Standard or Vendor ID) specific, i.e. specific for
+every alternate mode, so every alternate mode will need a custom driver.
+
+USB Type-C bus allows binding a driver to the discovered partner alternate
+modes by using the SVID and the mode number.
+
+USB Type-C Connector Class provides a device for every alternate mode a port
+supports, and separate device for every alternate mode the partner supports.
+The drivers for the alternate modes are bound to the partner alternate mode
+devices, and the port alternate mode devices must be handled by the port
+drivers.
+
+When a new partner alternate mode device is registered, it is linked to the
+alternate mode device of the port that the partner is attached to, that has
+matching SVID and mode. Communication between the port driver and alternate mode
+driver will happen using the same API.
+
+The port alternate mode devices are used as a proxy between the partner and the
+alternate mode drivers, so the port drivers are only expected to pass the SVID
+specific commands from the alternate mode drivers to the partner, and from the
+partners to the alternate mode drivers. No direct SVID specific communication is
+needed from the port drivers, but the port drivers need to provide the operation
+callbacks for the port alternate mode devices, just like the alternate mode
+drivers need to provide them for the partner alternate mode devices.
+
+Usage:
+------
+
+General
+~~~~~~~
+
+By default, the alternate mode drivers are responsible for entering the mode.
+It is also possible to leave the decision about entering the mode to the user
+space (See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec). Port drivers should not
+enter any modes on their own.
+
+``->vdm`` is the most important callback in the operation callbacks vector. It
+will be used to deliver all the SVID specific commands from the partner to the
+alternate mode driver, and vice versa in case of port drivers. The drivers send
+the SVID specific commands to each other using :c:func:`typec_altmode_vmd()`.
+
+If the communication with the partner using the SVID specific commands results
+in need to reconfigure the pins on the connector, the alternate mode driver
+needs to notify the bus using :c:func:`typec_altmode_notify()`. The driver
+passes the negotiated SVID specific pin configuration value to the function as
+parameter. The bus driver will then configure the mux behind the connector using
+that value as the state value for the mux, and also call blocking notification
+chain to notify the external drivers about the state of the connector that need
+to know it.
+
+NOTE: The SVID specific pin configuration values must always start from
+``TYPEC_STATE_MODAL``. USB Type-C specification defines two default states for
+the connector: ``TYPEC_STATE_USB`` and ``TYPEC_STATE_SAFE``. These values are
+reserved by the bus as the first possible values for the state. When the
+alternate mode is entered, the bus will put the connector into
+``TYPEC_STATE_SAFE`` before sending Enter or Exit Mode command as defined in USB
+Type-C Specification, and also put the connector back to ``TYPEC_STATE_USB``
+after the mode has been exited.
+
+An example of working definitions for SVID specific pin configurations would
+look like this:
+
+enum {
+ ALTMODEX_CONF_A = TYPEC_STATE_MODAL,
+ ALTMODEX_CONF_B,
+ ...
+};
+
+Helper macro ``TYPEC_MODAL_STATE()`` can also be used:
+
+#define ALTMODEX_CONF_A = TYPEC_MODAL_STATE(0);
+#define ALTMODEX_CONF_B = TYPEC_MODAL_STATE(1);
+
+Notification chain
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The drivers for the components that the alternate modes are designed for need to
+get details regarding the results of the negotiation with the partner, and the
+pin configuration of the connector. In case of DisplayPort alternate mode for
+example, the GPU drivers will need to know those details. In case of
+Thunderbolt alternate mode, the thunderbolt drivers will need to know them, and
+so on.
+
+The notification chain is designed for this purpose. The drivers can register
+notifiers with :c:func:`typec_altmode_register_notifier()`.
+
+Cable plug alternate modes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The alternate mode drivers are not bound to cable plug alternate mode devices,
+only to the partner alternate mode devices. If the alternate mode supports, or
+requires, a cable that responds to SOP Prime, and optionally SOP Double Prime
+messages, the driver for that alternate mode must request handle to the cable
+plug alternate modes using :c:func:`typec_altmode_get_plug()`, and take over
+their control.
+
+Driver API
+----------
+
+Alternate mode driver registering/unregistering
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/bus.c
+ :functions: typec_altmode_register_driver typec_altmode_unregister_driver
+
+Alternate mode driver operations
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/bus.c
+ :functions: typec_altmode_enter typec_altmode_exit typec_altmode_attention typec_altmode_vdm typec_altmode_notify
+
+API for the port drivers
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/bus.c
+ :functions: typec_match_altmode
+
+Cable Plug operations
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/bus.c
+ :functions: typec_altmode_get_plug typec_altmode_put_plug
+
+Notifications
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c
+ :functions: typec_altmode_register_notifier typec_altmode_unregister_notifier
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 7c1bb3d0c222..43681ca0837f 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -240,6 +240,7 @@ CLOCK
devm_of_clk_add_hw_provider()
DMA
+ dmaenginem_async_device_register()
dmam_alloc_coherent()
dmam_alloc_attrs()
dmam_declare_coherent_memory()
diff --git a/Documentation/early-userspace/README b/Documentation/early-userspace/README
index 2c00b072a4c8..1e1057958dd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/early-userspace/README
+++ b/Documentation/early-userspace/README
@@ -66,17 +66,17 @@ early userspace image can be built by an unprivileged user.
As a technical note, when directories and files are specified, the
entire CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE is passed to
-scripts/gen_initramfs_list.sh. This means that CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE
+usr/gen_initramfs_list.sh. This means that CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE
can really be interpreted as any legal argument to
gen_initramfs_list.sh. If a directory is specified as an argument then
the contents are scanned, uid/gid translation is performed, and
usr/gen_init_cpio file directives are output. If a directory is
-specified as an argument to scripts/gen_initramfs_list.sh then the
+specified as an argument to usr/gen_initramfs_list.sh then the
contents of the file are simply copied to the output. All of the output
directives from directory scanning and file contents copying are
processed by usr/gen_init_cpio.
-See also 'scripts/gen_initramfs_list.sh -h'.
+See also 'usr/gen_initramfs_list.sh -h'.
Where's this all leading?
=========================
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
index d4d642e1ce9c..62af30511a95 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
@@ -18,9 +18,10 @@ made available by the underlying graphics card are also possible.
A. Configuration
The framebuffer console can be enabled by using your favorite kernel
-configuration tool. It is under Device Drivers->Graphics Support->Support for
-framebuffer devices->Framebuffer Console Support. Select 'y' to compile
-support statically, or 'm' for module support. The module will be fbcon.
+configuration tool. It is under Device Drivers->Graphics Support->Frame
+buffer Devices->Console display driver support->Framebuffer Console Support.
+Select 'y' to compile support statically or 'm' for module support. The
+module will be fbcon.
In order for fbcon to activate, at least one framebuffer driver is
required, so choose from any of the numerous drivers available. For x86
@@ -29,10 +30,10 @@ always be available. However, using a chipset-specific driver will give you
more speed and features, such as the ability to change the video mode
dynamically.
- To display the penguin logo, choose any logo available in Logo
-Configuration->Boot up logo.
+ To display the penguin logo, choose any logo available in Graphics
+support->Bootup logo.
- Also, you will need to select at least one compiled-in fonts, but if
+ Also, you will need to select at least one compiled-in font, but if
you don't do anything, the kernel configuration tool will select one for you,
usually an 8x16 font.
@@ -135,16 +136,16 @@ C. Boot options
The angle can be changed anytime afterwards by 'echoing' the same
numbers to any one of the 2 attributes found in
- /sys/class/graphics/fbcon
+ /sys/class/graphics/fbcon:
rotate - rotate the display of the active console
rotate_all - rotate the display of all consoles
- Console rotation will only become available if Console Rotation
- Support is compiled in your kernel.
+ Console rotation will only become available if Framebuffer Console
+ Rotation support is compiled in your kernel.
NOTE: This is purely console rotation. Any other applications that
- use the framebuffer will remain at their 'normal'orientation.
+ use the framebuffer will remain at their 'normal' orientation.
Actually, the underlying fb driver is totally ignorant of console
rotation.
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ C. Boot options
C. Attaching, Detaching and Unloading
-Before going on how to attach, detach and unload the framebuffer console, an
+Before going on to how to attach, detach and unload the framebuffer console, an
illustration of the dependencies may help.
The console layer, as with most subsystems, needs a driver that interfaces with
@@ -182,7 +183,7 @@ because fbcon is an intermediate layer between the console and the drivers:
console ---> fbcon ---> fbdev drivers ---> hardware
-The fbdev drivers cannot be unloaded if it's bound to fbcon, and fbcon cannot
+The fbdev drivers cannot be unloaded if bound to fbcon, and fbcon cannot
be unloaded if it's bound to the console layer.
So to unload the fbdev drivers, one must first unbind fbcon from the console,
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ restored properly. The following is one of the several methods that you can do:
echo 0 > /sys/class/vtconsole/vtcon1/bind
6. That's it, you're back to VGA mode. And if you compiled fbcon as a module,
- you can unload it by 'rmmod fbcon'
+ you can unload it by 'rmmod fbcon'.
7. To reattach fbcon:
@@ -290,7 +291,7 @@ Samples:
========
Here are 2 sample bash scripts that you can use to bind or unbind the
-framebuffer console driver if you are in an X86 box:
+framebuffer console driver if you are on an X86 box:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#!/bin/bash
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index 9e6f19eaef89..efea228ccd8a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ prototypes:
char *(*d_dname)((struct dentry *dentry, char *buffer, int buflen);
struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *path);
int (*d_manage)(const struct path *, bool);
- struct dentry *(*d_real)(struct dentry *, const struct inode *,
- unsigned int, unsigned int);
+ struct dentry *(*d_real)(struct dentry *, const struct inode *);
locking rules:
rename_lock ->d_lock may block rcu-walk
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
index 69f8de995739..e5edd29687b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
@@ -157,6 +157,24 @@ data_flush Enable data flushing before checkpoint in order to
persist data of regular and symlink.
fault_injection=%d Enable fault injection in all supported types with
specified injection rate.
+fault_type=%d Support configuring fault injection type, should be
+ enabled with fault_injection option, fault type value
+ is shown below, it supports single or combined type.
+ Type_Name Type_Value
+ FAULT_KMALLOC 0x000000001
+ FAULT_KVMALLOC 0x000000002
+ FAULT_PAGE_ALLOC 0x000000004
+ FAULT_PAGE_GET 0x000000008
+ FAULT_ALLOC_BIO 0x000000010
+ FAULT_ALLOC_NID 0x000000020
+ FAULT_ORPHAN 0x000000040
+ FAULT_BLOCK 0x000000080
+ FAULT_DIR_DEPTH 0x000000100
+ FAULT_EVICT_INODE 0x000000200
+ FAULT_TRUNCATE 0x000000400
+ FAULT_IO 0x000000800
+ FAULT_CHECKPOINT 0x000001000
+ FAULT_DISCARD 0x000002000
mode=%s Control block allocation mode which supports "adaptive"
and "lfs". In "lfs" mode, there should be no random
writes towards main area.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt
index 72615a2c0752..51c136c821bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt
@@ -10,10 +10,6 @@ union-filesystems). An overlay-filesystem tries to present a
filesystem which is the result over overlaying one filesystem on top
of the other.
-The result will inevitably fail to look exactly like a normal
-filesystem for various technical reasons. The expectation is that
-many use cases will be able to ignore these differences.
-
Overlay objects
---------------
@@ -266,6 +262,30 @@ rightmost one and going left. In the above example lower1 will be the
top, lower2 the middle and lower3 the bottom layer.
+Metadata only copy up
+--------------------
+
+When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy
+up metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation
+like chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when
+file is opened for WRITE operation.
+
+In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied
+up when there is a need to actually modify data.
+
+There are multiple ways to enable/disable this feature. A config option
+CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_METACOPY can be set/unset to enable/disable this feature
+by default. Or one can enable/disable it at module load time with module
+parameter metacopy=on/off. Lastly, there is also a per mount option
+metacopy=on/off to enable/disable this feature per mount.
+
+Do not use metacopy=on with untrusted upper/lower directories. Otherwise
+it is possible that an attacker can create a handcrafted file with
+appropriate REDIRECT and METACOPY xattrs, and gain access to file on lower
+pointed by REDIRECT. This should not be possible on local system as setting
+"trusted." xattrs will require CAP_SYS_ADMIN. But it should be possible
+for untrusted layers like from a pen drive.
+
Sharing and copying layers
--------------------------
@@ -284,7 +304,7 @@ though it will not result in a crash or deadlock.
Mounting an overlay using an upper layer path, where the upper layer path
was previously used by another mounted overlay in combination with a
different lower layer path, is allowed, unless the "inodes index" feature
-is enabled.
+or "metadata only copy up" feature is enabled.
With the "inodes index" feature, on the first time mount, an NFS file
handle of the lower layer root directory, along with the UUID of the lower
@@ -297,6 +317,10 @@ lower root origin, mount will fail with ESTALE. An overlayfs mount with
does not support NFS export, lower filesystem does not have a valid UUID or
if the upper filesystem does not support extended attributes.
+For "metadata only copy up" feature there is no verification mechanism at
+mount time. So if same upper is mounted with different set of lower, mount
+probably will succeed but expect the unexpected later on. So don't do it.
+
It is quite a common practice to copy overlay layers to a different
directory tree on the same or different underlying filesystem, and even
to a different machine. With the "inodes index" feature, trying to mount
@@ -306,27 +330,40 @@ the copied layers will fail the verification of the lower root file handle.
Non-standard behavior
---------------------
-The copy_up operation essentially creates a new, identical file and
-moves it over to the old name. Any open files referring to this inode
-will access the old data.
+Overlayfs can now act as a POSIX compliant filesystem with the following
+features turned on:
+
+1) "redirect_dir"
+
+Enabled with the mount option or module option: "redirect_dir=on" or with
+the kernel config option CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR=y.
+
+If this feature is disabled, then rename(2) on a lower or merged directory
+will fail with EXDEV ("Invalid cross-device link").
+
+2) "inode index"
+
+Enabled with the mount option or module option "index=on" or with the
+kernel config option CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_INDEX=y.
-The new file may be on a different filesystem, so both st_dev and st_ino
-of the real file may change. The values of st_dev and st_ino returned by
-stat(2) on an overlay object are often not the same as the real file
-stat(2) values to prevent the values from changing on copy_up.
+If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links is copied
+up, then this will "break" the link. Changes will not be propagated to
+other names referring to the same inode.
-Unless "xino" feature is enabled, when overlay layers are not all on the
-same underlying filesystem, the value of st_dev may be different for two
-non-directory objects in the same overlay filesystem and the value of
-st_ino for directory objects may be non persistent and could change even
-while the overlay filesystem is still mounted.
+3) "xino"
-Unless "inode index" feature is enabled, if a file with multiple hard
-links is copied up, then this will "break" the link. Changes will not be
-propagated to other names referring to the same inode.
+Enabled with the mount option "xino=auto" or "xino=on", with the module
+option "xino_auto=on" or with the kernel config option
+CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_XINO_AUTO=y. Also implicitly enabled by using the same
+underlying filesystem for all layers making up the overlay.
-Unless "redirect_dir" feature is enabled, rename(2) on a lower or merged
-directory will fail with EXDEV.
+If this feature is disabled or the underlying filesystem doesn't have
+enough free bits in the inode number, then overlayfs will not be able to
+guarantee that the values of st_ino and st_dev returned by stat(2) and the
+value of d_ino returned by readdir(3) will act like on a normal filesystem.
+E.g. the value of st_dev may be different for two objects in the same
+overlay filesystem and the value of st_ino for directory objects may not be
+persistent and could change even while the overlay filesystem is mounted.
Changes to underlying filesystems
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 1605acbb23b6..22b4b00dee31 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -870,6 +870,7 @@ Committed_AS: 100056 kB
VmallocTotal: 112216 kB
VmallocUsed: 428 kB
VmallocChunk: 111088 kB
+Percpu: 62080 kB
HardwareCorrupted: 0 kB
AnonHugePages: 49152 kB
ShmemHugePages: 0 kB
@@ -962,6 +963,8 @@ Committed_AS: The amount of memory presently allocated on the system.
VmallocTotal: total size of vmalloc memory area
VmallocUsed: amount of vmalloc area which is used
VmallocChunk: largest contiguous block of vmalloc area which is free
+ Percpu: Memory allocated to the percpu allocator used to back percpu
+ allocations. This stat excludes the cost of metadata.
..............................................................................
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt
index b176928e6963..79637d227e85 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Documentation/early-userspace/README for more details.)
The kernel does not depend on external cpio tools. If you specify a
directory instead of a configuration file, the kernel's build infrastructure
creates a configuration file from that directory (usr/Makefile calls
-scripts/gen_initramfs_list.sh), and proceeds to package up that directory
+usr/gen_initramfs_list.sh), and proceeds to package up that directory
using the config file (by feeding it to usr/gen_init_cpio, which is created
from usr/gen_init_cpio.c). The kernel's build-time cpio creation code is
entirely self-contained, and the kernel's boot-time extractor is also
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt
index 9de4303201e1..d412b236a9d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt
@@ -66,23 +66,39 @@ kernel 3.10. Current versions require the following update
The iterator interface
-Modules implementing a virtual file with seq_file must implement a simple
-iterator object that allows stepping through the data of interest.
-Iterators must be able to move to a specific position - like the file they
-implement - but the interpretation of that position is up to the iterator
-itself. A seq_file implementation that is formatting firewall rules, for
-example, could interpret position N as the Nth rule in the chain.
-Positioning can thus be done in whatever way makes the most sense for the
-generator of the data, which need not be aware of how a position translates
-to an offset in the virtual file. The one obvious exception is that a
-position of zero should indicate the beginning of the file.
+Modules implementing a virtual file with seq_file must implement an
+iterator object that allows stepping through the data of interest
+during a "session" (roughly one read() system call). If the iterator
+is able to move to a specific position - like the file they implement,
+though with freedom to map the position number to a sequence location
+in whatever way is convenient - the iterator need only exist
+transiently during a session. If the iterator cannot easily find a
+numerical position but works well with a first/next interface, the
+iterator can be stored in the private data area and continue from one
+session to the next.
+
+A seq_file implementation that is formatting firewall rules from a
+table, for example, could provide a simple iterator that interprets
+position N as the Nth rule in the chain. A seq_file implementation
+that presents the content of a, potentially volatile, linked list
+might record a pointer into that list, providing that can be done
+without risk of the current location being removed.
+
+Positioning can thus be done in whatever way makes the most sense for
+the generator of the data, which need not be aware of how a position
+translates to an offset in the virtual file. The one obvious exception
+is that a position of zero should indicate the beginning of the file.
The /proc/sequence iterator just uses the count of the next number it
will output as its position.
-Four functions must be implemented to make the iterator work. The first,
-called start() takes a position as an argument and returns an iterator
-which will start reading at that position. For our simple sequence example,
+Four functions must be implemented to make the iterator work. The
+first, called start(), starts a session and takes a position as an
+argument, returning an iterator which will start reading at that
+position. The pos passed to start() will always be either zero, or
+the most recent pos used in the previous session.
+
+For our simple sequence example,
the start() function looks like:
static void *ct_seq_start(struct seq_file *s, loff_t *pos)
@@ -101,11 +117,12 @@ implementations; in most cases the start() function should check for a
"past end of file" condition and return NULL if need be.
For more complicated applications, the private field of the seq_file
-structure can be used. There is also a special value which can be returned
-by the start() function called SEQ_START_TOKEN; it can be used if you wish
-to instruct your show() function (described below) to print a header at the
-top of the output. SEQ_START_TOKEN should only be used if the offset is
-zero, however.
+structure can be used to hold state from session to session. There is
+also a special value which can be returned by the start() function
+called SEQ_START_TOKEN; it can be used if you wish to instruct your
+show() function (described below) to print a header at the top of the
+output. SEQ_START_TOKEN should only be used if the offset is zero,
+however.
The next function to implement is called, amazingly, next(); its job is to
move the iterator forward to the next position in the sequence. The
@@ -121,9 +138,13 @@ complete. Here's the example version:
return spos;
}
-The stop() function is called when iteration is complete; its job, of
-course, is to clean up. If dynamic memory is allocated for the iterator,
-stop() is the place to free it.
+The stop() function closes a session; its job, of course, is to clean
+up. If dynamic memory is allocated for the iterator, stop() is the
+place to free it; if a lock was taken by start(), stop() must release
+that lock. The value that *pos was set to by the last next() call
+before stop() is remembered, and used for the first start() call of
+the next session unless lseek() has been called on the file; in that
+case next start() will be asked to start at position zero.
static void ct_seq_stop(struct seq_file *s, void *v)
{
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index 85907d5b9c2c..4b2084d0f1fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -989,8 +989,7 @@ struct dentry_operations {
char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int);
struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *);
int (*d_manage)(const struct path *, bool);
- struct dentry *(*d_real)(struct dentry *, const struct inode *,
- unsigned int, unsigned int);
+ struct dentry *(*d_real)(struct dentry *, const struct inode *);
};
d_revalidate: called when the VFS needs to revalidate a dentry. This
@@ -1124,22 +1123,15 @@ struct dentry_operations {
dentry being transited from.
d_real: overlay/union type filesystems implement this method to return one of
- the underlying dentries hidden by the overlay. It is used in three
+ the underlying dentries hidden by the overlay. It is used in two
different modes:
- Called from open it may need to copy-up the file depending on the
- supplied open flags. This mode is selected with a non-zero flags
- argument. In this mode the d_real method can return an error.
-
Called from file_dentry() it returns the real dentry matching the inode
argument. The real dentry may be from a lower layer already copied up,
but still referenced from the file. This mode is selected with a
- non-NULL inode argument. This will always succeed.
-
- With NULL inode and zero flags the topmost real underlying dentry is
- returned. This will always succeed.
+ non-NULL inode argument.
- This method is never called with both non-NULL inode and non-zero flags.
+ With NULL inode the topmost real underlying dentry is returned.
Each dentry has a pointer to its parent dentry, as well as a hash list
of child dentries. Child dentries are basically like files in a
diff --git a/Documentation/fpga/dfl.txt b/Documentation/fpga/dfl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6df4621c3f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/fpga/dfl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+===============================================================================
+ FPGA Device Feature List (DFL) Framework Overview
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Enno Luebbers <enno.luebbers@intel.com>
+ Xiao Guangrong <guangrong.xiao@linux.intel.com>
+ Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+
+The Device Feature List (DFL) FPGA framework (and drivers according to this
+this framework) hides the very details of low layer hardwares and provides
+unified interfaces to userspace. Applications could use these interfaces to
+configure, enumerate, open and access FPGA accelerators on platforms which
+implement the DFL in the device memory. Besides this, the DFL framework
+enables system level management functions such as FPGA reconfiguration.
+
+
+Device Feature List (DFL) Overview
+==================================
+Device Feature List (DFL) defines a linked list of feature headers within the
+device MMIO space to provide an extensible way of adding features. Software can
+walk through these predefined data structures to enumerate FPGA features:
+FPGA Interface Unit (FIU), Accelerated Function Unit (AFU) and Private Features,
+as illustrated below:
+
+ Header Header Header Header
+ +----------+ +-->+----------+ +-->+----------+ +-->+----------+
+ | Type | | | Type | | | Type | | | Type |
+ | FIU | | | Private | | | Private | | | Private |
+ +----------+ | | Feature | | | Feature | | | Feature |
+ | Next_DFH |--+ +----------+ | +----------+ | +----------+
+ +----------+ | Next_DFH |--+ | Next_DFH |--+ | Next_DFH |--> NULL
+ | ID | +----------+ +----------+ +----------+
+ +----------+ | ID | | ID | | ID |
+ | Next_AFU |--+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+
+ +----------+ | | Feature | | Feature | | Feature |
+ | Header | | | Register | | Register | | Register |
+ | Register | | | Set | | Set | | Set |
+ | Set | | +----------+ +----------+ +----------+
+ +----------+ | Header
+ +-->+----------+
+ | Type |
+ | AFU |
+ +----------+
+ | Next_DFH |--> NULL
+ +----------+
+ | GUID |
+ +----------+
+ | Header |
+ | Register |
+ | Set |
+ +----------+
+
+FPGA Interface Unit (FIU) represents a standalone functional unit for the
+interface to FPGA, e.g. the FPGA Management Engine (FME) and Port (more
+descriptions on FME and Port in later sections).
+
+Accelerated Function Unit (AFU) represents a FPGA programmable region and
+always connects to a FIU (e.g. a Port) as its child as illustrated above.
+
+Private Features represent sub features of the FIU and AFU. They could be
+various function blocks with different IDs, but all private features which
+belong to the same FIU or AFU, must be linked to one list via the Next Device
+Feature Header (Next_DFH) pointer.
+
+Each FIU, AFU and Private Feature could implement its own functional registers.
+The functional register set for FIU and AFU, is named as Header Register Set,
+e.g. FME Header Register Set, and the one for Private Feature, is named as
+Feature Register Set, e.g. FME Partial Reconfiguration Feature Register Set.
+
+This Device Feature List provides a way of linking features together, it's
+convenient for software to locate each feature by walking through this list,
+and can be implemented in register regions of any FPGA device.
+
+
+FIU - FME (FPGA Management Engine)
+==================================
+The FPGA Management Engine performs reconfiguration and other infrastructure
+functions. Each FPGA device only has one FME.
+
+User-space applications can acquire exclusive access to the FME using open(),
+and release it using close().
+
+The following functions are exposed through ioctls:
+
+ Get driver API version (DFL_FPGA_GET_API_VERSION)
+ Check for extensions (DFL_FPGA_CHECK_EXTENSION)
+ Program bitstream (DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_PR)
+
+More functions are exposed through sysfs
+(/sys/class/fpga_region/regionX/dfl-fme.n/):
+
+ Read bitstream ID (bitstream_id)
+ bitstream_id indicates version of the static FPGA region.
+
+ Read bitstream metadata (bitstream_metadata)
+ bitstream_metadata includes detailed information of static FPGA region,
+ e.g. synthesis date and seed.
+
+ Read number of ports (ports_num)
+ one FPGA device may have more than one port, this sysfs interface indicates
+ how many ports the FPGA device has.
+
+
+FIU - PORT
+==========
+A port represents the interface between the static FPGA fabric and a partially
+reconfigurable region containing an AFU. It controls the communication from SW
+to the accelerator and exposes features such as reset and debug. Each FPGA
+device may have more than one port, but always one AFU per port.
+
+
+AFU
+===
+An AFU is attached to a port FIU and exposes a fixed length MMIO region to be
+used for accelerator-specific control registers.
+
+User-space applications can acquire exclusive access to an AFU attached to a
+port by using open() on the port device node and release it using close().
+
+The following functions are exposed through ioctls:
+
+ Get driver API version (DFL_FPGA_GET_API_VERSION)
+ Check for extensions (DFL_FPGA_CHECK_EXTENSION)
+ Get port info (DFL_FPGA_PORT_GET_INFO)
+ Get MMIO region info (DFL_FPGA_PORT_GET_REGION_INFO)
+ Map DMA buffer (DFL_FPGA_PORT_DMA_MAP)
+ Unmap DMA buffer (DFL_FPGA_PORT_DMA_UNMAP)
+ Reset AFU (*DFL_FPGA_PORT_RESET)
+
+*DFL_FPGA_PORT_RESET: reset the FPGA Port and its AFU. Userspace can do Port
+reset at any time, e.g. during DMA or Partial Reconfiguration. But it should
+never cause any system level issue, only functional failure (e.g. DMA or PR
+operation failure) and be recoverable from the failure.
+
+User-space applications can also mmap() accelerator MMIO regions.
+
+More functions are exposed through sysfs:
+(/sys/class/fpga_region/<regionX>/<dfl-port.m>/):
+
+ Read Accelerator GUID (afu_id)
+ afu_id indicates which PR bitstream is programmed to this AFU.
+
+
+DFL Framework Overview
+======================
+
+ +----------+ +--------+ +--------+ +--------+
+ | FME | | AFU | | AFU | | AFU |
+ | Module | | Module | | Module | | Module |
+ +----------+ +--------+ +--------+ +--------+
+ +-----------------------+
+ | FPGA Container Device | Device Feature List
+ | (FPGA Base Region) | Framework
+ +-----------------------+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+ +----------------------------+
+ | FPGA DFL Device Module |
+ | (e.g. PCIE/Platform Device)|
+ +----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+
+ | FPGA Hardware Device |
+ +------------------------+
+
+DFL framework in kernel provides common interfaces to create container device
+(FPGA base region), discover feature devices and their private features from the
+given Device Feature Lists and create platform devices for feature devices
+(e.g. FME, Port and AFU) with related resources under the container device. It
+also abstracts operations for the private features and exposes common ops to
+feature device drivers.
+
+The FPGA DFL Device could be different hardwares, e.g. PCIe device, platform
+device and etc. Its driver module is always loaded first once the device is
+created by the system. This driver plays an infrastructural role in the
+driver architecture. It locates the DFLs in the device memory, handles them
+and related resources to common interfaces from DFL framework for enumeration.
+(Please refer to drivers/fpga/dfl.c for detailed enumeration APIs).
+
+The FPGA Management Engine (FME) driver is a platform driver which is loaded
+automatically after FME platform device creation from the DFL device module. It
+provides the key features for FPGA management, including:
+
+ a) Expose static FPGA region information, e.g. version and metadata.
+ Users can read related information via sysfs interfaces exposed
+ by FME driver.
+
+ b) Partial Reconfiguration. The FME driver creates FPGA manager, FPGA
+ bridges and FPGA regions during PR sub feature initialization. Once
+ it receives a DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_PR ioctl from user, it invokes the
+ common interface function from FPGA Region to complete the partial
+ reconfiguration of the PR bitstream to the given port.
+
+Similar to the FME driver, the FPGA Accelerated Function Unit (AFU) driver is
+probed once the AFU platform device is created. The main function of this module
+is to provide an interface for userspace applications to access the individual
+accelerators, including basic reset control on port, AFU MMIO region export, dma
+buffer mapping service functions.
+
+After feature platform devices creation, matched platform drivers will be loaded
+automatically to handle different functionalities. Please refer to next sections
+for detailed information on functional units which have been already implemented
+under this DFL framework.
+
+
+Partial Reconfiguration
+=======================
+As mentioned above, accelerators can be reconfigured through partial
+reconfiguration of a PR bitstream file. The PR bitstream file must have been
+generated for the exact static FPGA region and targeted reconfigurable region
+(port) of the FPGA, otherwise, the reconfiguration operation will fail and
+possibly cause system instability. This compatibility can be checked by
+comparing the compatibility ID noted in the header of PR bitstream file against
+the compat_id exposed by the target FPGA region. This check is usually done by
+userspace before calling the reconfiguration IOCTL.
+
+
+Device enumeration
+==================
+This section introduces how applications enumerate the fpga device from
+the sysfs hierarchy under /sys/class/fpga_region.
+
+In the example below, two DFL based FPGA devices are installed in the host. Each
+fpga device has one FME and two ports (AFUs).
+
+FPGA regions are created under /sys/class/fpga_region/
+
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region0
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region1
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region2
+ ...
+
+Application needs to search each regionX folder, if feature device is found,
+(e.g. "dfl-port.n" or "dfl-fme.m" is found), then it's the base
+fpga region which represents the FPGA device.
+
+Each base region has one FME and two ports (AFUs) as child devices:
+
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region0/dfl-fme.0
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region0/dfl-port.0
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region0/dfl-port.1
+ ...
+
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region3/dfl-fme.1
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region3/dfl-port.2
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/region3/dfl-port.3
+ ...
+
+In general, the FME/AFU sysfs interfaces are named as follows:
+
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/<regionX>/<dfl-fme.n>/
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/<regionX>/<dfl-port.m>/
+
+with 'n' consecutively numbering all FMEs and 'm' consecutively numbering all
+ports.
+
+The device nodes used for ioctl() or mmap() can be referenced through:
+
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/<regionX>/<dfl-fme.n>/dev
+ /sys/class/fpga_region/<regionX>/<dfl-port.n>/dev
+
+
+Add new FIUs support
+====================
+It's possible that developers made some new function blocks (FIUs) under this
+DFL framework, then new platform device driver needs to be developed for the
+new feature dev (FIU) following the same way as existing feature dev drivers
+(e.g. FME and Port/AFU platform device driver). Besides that, it requires
+modification on DFL framework enumeration code too, for new FIU type detection
+and related platform devices creation.
+
+
+Add new private features support
+================================
+In some cases, we may need to add some new private features to existing FIUs
+(e.g. FME or Port). Developers don't need to touch enumeration code in DFL
+framework, as each private feature will be parsed automatically and related
+mmio resources can be found under FIU platform device created by DFL framework.
+Developer only needs to provide a sub feature driver with matched feature id.
+FME Partial Reconfiguration Sub Feature driver (see drivers/fpga/dfl-fme-pr.c)
+could be a reference.
+
+
+Open discussion
+===============
+FME driver exports one ioctl (DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_PR) for partial reconfiguration
+to user now. In the future, if unified user interfaces for reconfiguration are
+added, FME driver should switch to them from ioctl interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
index 8826ba29db36..56468258711f 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
@@ -33,9 +33,48 @@ fanX_input Measured RPM value.
fanX_min Threshold RPM for alert generation.
fanX_fault 0: No fail condition
1: Failing fan
+
tempX_input Measured ambient temperature.
tempX_max Threshold ambient temperature for alert generation.
-inX_input Measured power supply voltage
+tempX_highest Historical maximum temperature
+tempX_lowest Historical minimum temperature
+tempX_enable Enable/disable all temperature sensors belonging to the
+ sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+ each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+ disable/enable all of its temperature sensors.
+ 1: Enable
+ 0: Disable
+
+inX_input Measured power supply voltage (millivolt)
inX_fault 0: No fail condition.
1: Failing power supply.
-power1_input System power consumption (microWatt)
+inX_highest Historical maximum voltage
+inX_lowest Historical minimum voltage
+inX_enable Enable/disable all voltage sensors belonging to the
+ sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+ each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+ disable/enable all of its voltage sensors.
+ 1: Enable
+ 0: Disable
+
+powerX_input Power consumption (microWatt)
+powerX_input_highest Historical maximum power
+powerX_input_lowest Historical minimum power
+powerX_enable Enable/disable all power sensors belonging to the
+ sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+ each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+ disable/enable all of its power sensors.
+ 1: Enable
+ 0: Disable
+
+currX_input Measured current (milliampere)
+currX_highest Historical maximum current
+currX_lowest Historical minimum current
+currX_enable Enable/disable all current sensors belonging to the
+ sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+ each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+ disable/enable all of its current sensors.
+ 1: Enable
+ 0: Disable
+
+energyX_input Cumulative energy (microJoule)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/raspberrypi-hwmon b/Documentation/hwmon/raspberrypi-hwmon
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3c92e2cb52d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/raspberrypi-hwmon
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Kernel driver raspberrypi-hwmon
+===============================
+
+Supported boards:
+ * Raspberry Pi A+ (via GPIO on SoC)
+ * Raspberry Pi B+ (via GPIO on SoC)
+ * Raspberry Pi 2 B (via GPIO on SoC)
+ * Raspberry Pi 3 B (via GPIO on port expander)
+ * Raspberry Pi 3 B+ (via PMIC)
+
+Author: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver periodically polls a mailbox property of the VC4 firmware to detect
+undervoltage conditions.
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+in0_lcrit_alarm Undervoltage alarm
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
index 65514c251318..d1ee484a787d 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
@@ -21,24 +21,21 @@ Supported adapters:
* Intel DH89xxCC (PCH)
* Intel Panther Point (PCH)
* Intel Lynx Point (PCH)
- * Intel Lynx Point-LP (PCH)
* Intel Avoton (SOC)
* Intel Wellsburg (PCH)
* Intel Coleto Creek (PCH)
* Intel Wildcat Point (PCH)
- * Intel Wildcat Point-LP (PCH)
* Intel BayTrail (SOC)
* Intel Braswell (SOC)
- * Intel Sunrise Point-H (PCH)
- * Intel Sunrise Point-LP (PCH)
- * Intel Kaby Lake-H (PCH)
+ * Intel Sunrise Point (PCH)
+ * Intel Kaby Lake (PCH)
* Intel DNV (SOC)
* Intel Broxton (SOC)
* Intel Lewisburg (PCH)
* Intel Gemini Lake (SOC)
- * Intel Cannon Lake-H (PCH)
- * Intel Cannon Lake-LP (PCH)
+ * Intel Cannon Lake (PCH)
* Intel Cedar Fork (PCH)
+ * Intel Ice Lake (PCH)
Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website
On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores
index 4e713f4cdb2f..9caaf7df1b2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Supported adapters:
* OpenCores.org I2C controller by Richard Herveille (see datasheet link)
https://opencores.org/project/i2c/overview
-Author: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
+Author: Peter Korsgaard <peter@korsgaard.com>
Description
-----------
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/gpio-fault-injection b/Documentation/i2c/gpio-fault-injection
index e0c4f775e239..a4ce62090fd5 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/gpio-fault-injection
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/gpio-fault-injection
@@ -34,21 +34,48 @@ I2C specification version 4, section 3.1.16) using the helpers of the Linux I2C
core (see 'struct bus_recovery_info'). However, the bus recovery will not
succeed because SDA is still pinned low until you manually release it again
with "echo 1 > sda". A test with an automatic release can be done with the
-'incomplete_transfer' file.
+following class of fault injectors.
-"incomplete_transfer"
----------------------
+Introduction to incomplete transfers
+------------------------------------
+
+The following fault injectors create situations where SDA will be held low by a
+device. Bus recovery should be able to fix these situations. But please note:
+there are I2C client devices which detect a stuck SDA on their side and release
+it on their own after a few milliseconds. Also, there might be an external
+device deglitching and monitoring the I2C bus. It could also detect a stuck SDA
+and will init a bus recovery on its own. If you want to implement bus recovery
+in a bus master driver, make sure you checked your hardware setup for such
+devices before. And always verify with a scope or logic analyzer!
+
+"incomplete_address_phase"
+--------------------------
This file is write only and you need to write the address of an existing I2C
-client device to it. Then, a transfer to this device will be started, but it
-will stop at the ACK phase after the address of the client has been
+client device to it. Then, a read transfer to this device will be started, but
+it will stop at the ACK phase after the address of the client has been
transmitted. Because the device will ACK its presence, this results in SDA
being pulled low by the device while SCL is high. So, similar to the "sda" file
above, the bus master under test should detect this condition and try a bus
recovery. This time, however, it should succeed and the device should release
-SDA after toggling SCL. Please note: there are I2C client devices which detect
-a stuck SDA on their side and release it on their own after a few milliseconds.
-Also, there are external devices deglitching and monitoring the I2C bus. They
-can also detect a stuck SDA and will init a bus recovery on their own. If you
-want to implement bus recovery in a bus master driver, make sure you checked
-your hardware setup carefully before.
+SDA after toggling SCL.
+
+"incomplete_write_byte"
+-----------------------
+
+Similar to above, this file is write only and you need to write the address of
+an existing I2C client device to it.
+
+The injector will again stop at one ACK phase, so the device will keep SDA low
+because it acknowledges data. However, there are two differences compared to
+'incomplete_address_phase':
+
+a) the message sent out will be a write message
+b) after the address byte, a 0x00 byte will be transferred. Then, stop at ACK.
+
+This is a highly delicate state, the device is set up to write any data to
+register 0x00 (if it has registers) when further clock pulses happen on SCL.
+This is why bus recovery (up to 9 clock pulses) must either check SDA or send
+additional STOP conditions to ensure the bus has been released. Otherwise
+random data will be written to a device!
+
diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
index b51751a0cd5d..6be70342e709 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
+++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
@@ -310,12 +310,12 @@ ABS_MT_TOOL_Y
ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE
The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish
between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the
- event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER,
- MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [#f2]_. For type B devices, this event is
- handled by input core; drivers should instead use
- input_mt_report_slot_state(). A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may change over
- time while still touching the device, because the firmware may not be able
- to determine which tool is being used when it first appears.
+ event should be omitted. The protocol currently mainly supports
+ MT_TOOL_FINGER, MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [#f2]_.
+ For type B devices, this event is handled by input core; drivers should
+ instead use input_mt_report_slot_state(). A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may
+ change over time while still touching the device, because the firmware may
+ not be able to determine which tool is being used when it first appears.
ABS_MT_BLOB_ID
The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index d6ed527985cf..13a7c999c04a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -324,6 +324,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
0xB3 00 linux/mmc/ioctl.h
0xB4 00-0F linux/gpio.h <mailto:linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org>
0xB5 00-0F uapi/linux/rpmsg.h <mailto:linux-remoteproc@vger.kernel.org>
+0xB6 all linux/fpga-dfl.h
0xC0 00-0F linux/usb/iowarrior.h
0xCA 00-0F uapi/misc/cxl.h
0xCA 10-2F uapi/misc/ocxl.h
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
index c54cb7cb9ff4..864e740811da 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ make KBUILD_KCONFIG=Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-02 allnoconfig
Practical solutions to kconfig recursive issue
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Developers who run into the recursive Kconfig issue have three options
+Developers who run into the recursive Kconfig issue have two options
at their disposal. We document them below and also provide a list of
historical issues resolved through these different solutions.
@@ -553,7 +553,6 @@ historical issues resolved through these different solutions.
b) Match dependency semantics:
b1) Swap all "select FOO" to "depends on FOO" or,
b2) Swap all "depends on FOO" to "select FOO"
- c) Consider the use of "imply" instead of "select"
The resolution to a) can be tested with the sample Kconfig file
Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 through the removal
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 766355b1d221..7b6a2b2bdc98 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
Example:
#scripts/kconfig/Makefile
- HOSTLOADLIBES_qconf := -L$(QTDIR)/lib
+ HOSTLDLIBS_qconf := -L$(QTDIR)/lib
When linking qconf, it will be passed the extra option
"-L$(QTDIR)/lib".
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/dpio-driver.rst b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/dpio-driver.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..13588104161b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/dpio-driver.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+DPAA2 DPIO (Data Path I/O) Overview
+===================================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2016-2018 NXP
+
+This document provides an overview of the Freescale DPAA2 DPIO
+drivers
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+A DPAA2 DPIO (Data Path I/O) is a hardware object that provides
+interfaces to enqueue and dequeue frames to/from network interfaces
+and other accelerators. A DPIO also provides hardware buffer
+pool management for network interfaces.
+
+This document provides an overview the Linux DPIO driver, its
+subcomponents, and its APIs.
+
+See Documentation/networking/dpaa2/overview.rst for a general overview of DPAA2
+and the general DPAA2 driver architecture in Linux.
+
+Driver Overview
+---------------
+
+The DPIO driver is bound to DPIO objects discovered on the fsl-mc bus and
+provides services that:
+ A) allow other drivers, such as the Ethernet driver, to enqueue and dequeue
+ frames for their respective objects
+ B) allow drivers to register callbacks for data availability notifications
+ when data becomes available on a queue or channel
+ C) allow drivers to manage hardware buffer pools
+
+The Linux DPIO driver consists of 3 primary components--
+ DPIO object driver-- fsl-mc driver that manages the DPIO object
+
+ DPIO service-- provides APIs to other Linux drivers for services
+
+ QBman portal interface-- sends portal commands, gets responses
+::
+
+ fsl-mc other
+ bus drivers
+ | |
+ +---+----+ +------+-----+
+ |DPIO obj| |DPIO service|
+ | driver |---| (DPIO) |
+ +--------+ +------+-----+
+ |
+ +------+-----+
+ | QBman |
+ | portal i/f |
+ +------------+
+ |
+ hardware
+
+
+The diagram below shows how the DPIO driver components fit with the other
+DPAA2 Linux driver components::
+ +------------+
+ | OS Network |
+ | Stack |
+ +------------+ +------------+
+ | Allocator |. . . . . . . | Ethernet |
+ |(DPMCP,DPBP)| | (DPNI) |
+ +-.----------+ +---+---+----+
+ . . ^ |
+ . . <data avail, | |<enqueue,
+ . . tx confirm> | | dequeue>
+ +-------------+ . | |
+ | DPRC driver | . +--------+ +------------+
+ | (DPRC) | . . |DPIO obj| |DPIO service|
+ +----------+--+ | driver |-| (DPIO) |
+ | +--------+ +------+-----+
+ |<dev add/remove> +------|-----+
+ | | QBman |
+ +----+--------------+ | portal i/f |
+ | MC-bus driver | +------------+
+ | | |
+ | /soc/fsl-mc | |
+ +-------------------+ |
+ |
+ =========================================|=========|========================
+ +-+--DPIO---|-----------+
+ | | |
+ | QBman Portal |
+ +-----------------------+
+
+ ============================================================================
+
+
+DPIO Object Driver (dpio-driver.c)
+----------------------------------
+
+ The dpio-driver component registers with the fsl-mc bus to handle objects of
+ type "dpio". The implementation of probe() handles basic initialization
+ of the DPIO including mapping of the DPIO regions (the QBman SW portal)
+ and initializing interrupts and registering irq handlers. The dpio-driver
+ registers the probed DPIO with dpio-service.
+
+DPIO service (dpio-service.c, dpaa2-io.h)
+------------------------------------------
+
+ The dpio service component provides queuing, notification, and buffers
+ management services to DPAA2 drivers, such as the Ethernet driver. A system
+ will typically allocate 1 DPIO object per CPU to allow queuing operations
+ to happen simultaneously across all CPUs.
+
+ Notification handling
+ dpaa2_io_service_register()
+
+ dpaa2_io_service_deregister()
+
+ dpaa2_io_service_rearm()
+
+ Queuing
+ dpaa2_io_service_pull_fq()
+
+ dpaa2_io_service_pull_channel()
+
+ dpaa2_io_service_enqueue_fq()
+
+ dpaa2_io_service_enqueue_qd()
+
+ dpaa2_io_store_create()
+
+ dpaa2_io_store_destroy()
+
+ dpaa2_io_store_next()
+
+ Buffer pool management
+ dpaa2_io_service_release()
+
+ dpaa2_io_service_acquire()
+
+QBman portal interface (qbman-portal.c)
+---------------------------------------
+
+ The qbman-portal component provides APIs to do the low level hardware
+ bit twiddling for operations such as:
+ -initializing Qman software portals
+
+ -building and sending portal commands
+
+ -portal interrupt configuration and processing
+
+ The qbman-portal APIs are not public to other drivers, and are
+ only used by dpio-service.
+
+Other (dpaa2-fd.h, dpaa2-global.h)
+----------------------------------
+
+ Frame descriptor and scatter-gather definitions and the APIs used to
+ manipulate them are defined in dpaa2-fd.h.
+
+ Dequeue result struct and parsing APIs are defined in dpaa2-global.h.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst
index 4c6586c87969..10bea113a7bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst
@@ -6,3 +6,4 @@ DPAA2 Documentation
:maxdepth: 1
overview
+ dpio-driver
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ti-cpsw.txt b/Documentation/networking/ti-cpsw.txt
index 67039205bd69..d4d4c0751a09 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ti-cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ti-cpsw.txt
@@ -469,17 +469,18 @@ $ tc -g class show dev eth1
14)
// Set rate for class A - 31 Mbit (tc0, txq2) using CBS Qdisc for Eth1
-// here only idle slope is important, others ignored
+// here only idle slope is important, others ignored, but calculated
+// for interface speed - 100Mb for eth1 port.
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
-$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:3 cbs locredit -1453 \
-hicredit 47 sendslope -969000 idleslope 31000 offload 1
+$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:3 cbs locredit -1035 \
+hicredit 465 sendslope -69000 idleslope 31000 offload 1
net eth1: set FIFO3 bw = 31
15)
// Set rate for class B - 11 Mbit (tc1, txq3) using CBS Qdisc for Eth1
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
-$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:4 cbs locredit -1483 \
-hicredit 34 sendslope -989000 idleslope 11000 offload 1
+$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:4 cbs locredit -1335 \
+hicredit 405 sendslope -89000 idleslope 11000 offload 1
net eth1: set FIFO2 bw = 11
16)
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt b/Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt
index ec11429e1d42..b9a188823d9f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt
@@ -5,19 +5,28 @@ This feature adds Linux 2.2-like transparent proxy support to current kernels.
To use it, enable the socket match and the TPROXY target in your kernel config.
You will need policy routing too, so be sure to enable that as well.
+From Linux 4.18 transparent proxy support is also available in nf_tables.
1. Making non-local sockets work
================================
The idea is that you identify packets with destination address matching a local
-socket on your box, set the packet mark to a certain value, and then match on that
-value using policy routing to have those packets delivered locally:
+socket on your box, set the packet mark to a certain value:
# iptables -t mangle -N DIVERT
# iptables -t mangle -A PREROUTING -p tcp -m socket -j DIVERT
# iptables -t mangle -A DIVERT -j MARK --set-mark 1
# iptables -t mangle -A DIVERT -j ACCEPT
+Alternatively you can do this in nft with the following commands:
+
+# nft add table filter
+# nft add chain filter divert "{ type filter hook prerouting priority -150; }"
+# nft add rule filter divert meta l4proto tcp socket transparent 1 meta mark set 1 accept
+
+And then match on that value using policy routing to have those packets
+delivered locally:
+
# ip rule add fwmark 1 lookup 100
# ip route add local 0.0.0.0/0 dev lo table 100
@@ -57,17 +66,28 @@ add rules like this to the iptables ruleset above:
# iptables -t mangle -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -j TPROXY \
--tproxy-mark 0x1/0x1 --on-port 50080
+Or the following rule to nft:
+
+# nft add rule filter divert tcp dport 80 tproxy to :50080 meta mark set 1 accept
+
Note that for this to work you'll have to modify the proxy to enable (SOL_IP,
IP_TRANSPARENT) for the listening socket.
+As an example implementation, tcprdr is available here:
+https://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/fw/tcprdr.git/
+This tool is written by Florian Westphal and it was used for testing during the
+nf_tables implementation.
-3. Iptables extensions
-======================
+3. Iptables and nf_tables extensions
+====================================
-To use tproxy you'll need to have the 'socket' and 'TPROXY' modules
-compiled for iptables. A patched version of iptables is available
-here: http://git.balabit.hu/?p=bazsi/iptables-tproxy.git
+To use tproxy you'll need to have the following modules compiled for iptables:
+ - NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET
+ - NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TPROXY
+Or the floowing modules for nf_tables:
+ - NFT_SOCKET
+ - NFT_TPROXY
4. Application support
======================
diff --git a/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt b/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
index dd04361dd361..78355c4c268a 100644
--- a/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
@@ -46,9 +46,6 @@ This file details changes in 2.6 which affect PCMCIA card driver authors:
- use pcmcia_request_irq(p_dev, handler_t); the PCMCIA core will
clean up automatically on calls to pcmcia_disable_device() or
device ejection.
- - drivers still not capable of IRQF_SHARED (or not telling us so) may
- use the deprecated pcmcia_request_exclusive_irq() for the time
- being; they might receive a shared IRQ nonetheless.
* no cs_error / CS_CHECK / CONFIG_PCMCIA_DEBUG (as of 2.6.33)
Instead of the cs_error() callback or the CS_CHECK() macro, please use
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2feaa6619658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+DAWR issues on POWER9
+============================
+
+On POWER9 the DAWR can cause a checkstop if it points to cache
+inhibited (CI) memory. Currently Linux has no way to disinguish CI
+memory when configuring the DAWR, so (for now) the DAWR is disabled by
+this commit:
+
+ commit 9654153158d3e0684a1bdb76dbababdb7111d5a0
+ Author: Michael Neuling <mikey@neuling.org>
+ Date: Tue Mar 27 15:37:24 2018 +1100
+ powerpc: Disable DAWR in the base POWER9 CPU features
+
+Technical Details:
+============================
+
+DAWR has 6 different ways of being set.
+1) ptrace
+2) h_set_mode(DAWR)
+3) h_set_dabr()
+4) kvmppc_set_one_reg()
+5) xmon
+
+For ptrace, we now advertise zero breakpoints on POWER9 via the
+PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO call. This results in GDB falling back to
+software emulation of the watchpoint (which is slow).
+
+h_set_mode(DAWR) and h_set_dabr() will now return an error to the
+guest on a POWER9 host. Current Linux guests ignore this error, so
+they will silently not get the DAWR.
+
+kvmppc_set_one_reg() will store the value in the vcpu but won't
+actually set it on POWER9 hardware. This is done so we don't break
+migration from POWER8 to POWER9, at the cost of silently losing the
+DAWR on the migration.
+
+For xmon, the 'bd' command will return an error on P9.
+
+Consequences for users
+============================
+
+For GDB watchpoints (ie 'watch' command) on POWER9 bare metal , GDB
+will accept the command. Unfortunately since there is no hardware
+support for the watchpoint, GDB will software emulate the watchpoint
+making it run very slowly.
+
+The same will also be true for any guests started on a POWER9
+host. The watchpoint will fail and GDB will fall back to software
+emulation.
+
+If a guest is started on a POWER8 host, GDB will accept the watchpoint
+and configure the hardware to use the DAWR. This will run at full
+speed since it can use the hardware emulation. Unfortunately if this
+guest is migrated to a POWER9 host, the watchpoint will be lost on the
+POWER9. Loads and stores to the watchpoint locations will not be
+trapped in GDB. The watchpoint is remembered, so if the guest is
+migrated back to the POWER8 host, it will start working again.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
index e32fdbb4c9a7..52c023e14f26 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
@@ -198,3 +198,47 @@ presented). The transaction cannot then be continued and will take the failure
handler route. Furthermore, the transactional 2nd register state will be
inaccessible. GDB can currently be used on programs using TM, but not sensibly
in parts within transactions.
+
+POWER9
+======
+
+TM on POWER9 has issues with storing the complete register state. This
+is described in this commit:
+
+ commit 4bb3c7a0208fc13ca70598efd109901a7cd45ae7
+ Author: Paul Mackerras <paulus@ozlabs.org>
+ Date: Wed Mar 21 21:32:01 2018 +1100
+ KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Work around transactional memory bugs in POWER9
+
+To account for this different POWER9 chips have TM enabled in
+different ways.
+
+On POWER9N DD2.01 and below, TM is disabled. ie
+HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set.
+
+On POWER9N DD2.1 TM is configured by firmware to always abort a
+transaction when tm suspend occurs. So tsuspend will cause a
+transaction to be aborted and rolled back. Kernel exceptions will also
+cause the transaction to be aborted and rolled back and the exception
+will not occur. If userspace constructs a sigcontext that enables TM
+suspend, the sigcontext will be rejected by the kernel. This mode is
+advertised to users with HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NO_SUSPEND] set.
+HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set in this mode.
+
+On POWER9N DD2.2 and above, KVM and POWERVM emulate TM for guests (as
+described in commit 4bb3c7a0208f), hence TM is enabled for guests
+ie. HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is set for guest userspace. Guests that
+makes heavy use of TM suspend (tsuspend or kernel suspend) will result
+in traps into the hypervisor and hence will suffer a performance
+degradation. Host userspace has TM disabled
+ie. HWCAP2[PPC_FEATURE2_HTM] is not set. (although we make enable it
+at some point in the future if we bring the emulation into host
+userspace context switching).
+
+POWER9C DD1.2 and above are only available with POWERVM and hence
+Linux only runs as a guest. On these systems TM is emulated like on
+POWER9N DD2.2.
+
+Guest migration from POWER8 to POWER9 will work with POWER9N DD2.2 and
+POWER9C DD1.2. Since earlier POWER9 processors don't support TM
+emulation, migration from POWER8 to POWER9 is not supported there.
diff --git a/Documentation/process/changes.rst b/Documentation/process/changes.rst
index 7a92a06f90de..61f918b10a0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/changes.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/changes.rst
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ you probably needn't concern yourself with isdn4k-utils.
====================== =============== ========================================
Program Minimal version Command to check the version
====================== =============== ========================================
-GNU C 3.2 gcc --version
+GNU C 4.6 gcc --version
GNU make 3.81 make --version
binutils 2.20 ld -v
flex 2.5.35 flex --version
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
index 6c00c1e2743f..819caf8ca05f 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
@@ -34,7 +34,9 @@ Currently, these files are in /proc/sys/fs:
- overflowgid
- pipe-user-pages-hard
- pipe-user-pages-soft
+- protected_fifos
- protected_hardlinks
+- protected_regular
- protected_symlinks
- suid_dumpable
- super-max
@@ -182,6 +184,24 @@ applied.
==============================================================
+protected_fifos:
+
+The intent of this protection is to avoid unintentional writes to
+an attacker-controlled FIFO, where a program expected to create a regular
+file.
+
+When set to "0", writing to FIFOs is unrestricted.
+
+When set to "1" don't allow O_CREAT open on FIFOs that we don't own
+in world writable sticky directories, unless they are owned by the
+owner of the directory.
+
+When set to "2" it also applies to group writable sticky directories.
+
+This protection is based on the restrictions in Openwall.
+
+==============================================================
+
protected_hardlinks:
A long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based
@@ -202,6 +222,22 @@ This protection is based on the restrictions in Openwall and grsecurity.
==============================================================
+protected_regular:
+
+This protection is similar to protected_fifos, but it
+avoids writes to an attacker-controlled regular file, where a program
+expected to create one.
+
+When set to "0", writing to regular files is unrestricted.
+
+When set to "1" don't allow O_CREAT open on regular files that we
+don't own in world writable sticky directories, unless they are
+owned by the owner of the directory.
+
+When set to "2" it also applies to group writable sticky directories.
+
+==============================================================
+
protected_symlinks:
A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index eded671d55eb..37a679501ddc 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel:
- hung_task_panic
- hung_task_check_count
- hung_task_timeout_secs
+- hung_task_check_interval_secs
- hung_task_warnings
+- hyperv_record_panic_msg
- kexec_load_disabled
- kptr_restrict
- l2cr [ PPC only ]
@@ -354,7 +356,7 @@ This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled.
hung_task_timeout_secs:
-Check interval. When a task in D state did not get scheduled
+When a task in D state did not get scheduled
for more than this value report a warning.
This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled.
@@ -363,6 +365,18 @@ Possible values to set are in range {0..LONG_MAX/HZ}.
==============================================================
+hung_task_check_interval_secs:
+
+Hung task check interval. If hung task checking is enabled
+(see hung_task_timeout_secs), the check is done every
+hung_task_check_interval_secs seconds.
+This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled.
+
+0 (default): means use hung_task_timeout_secs as checking interval.
+Possible values to set are in range {0..LONG_MAX/HZ}.
+
+==============================================================
+
hung_task_warnings:
The maximum number of warnings to report. During a check interval
@@ -374,6 +388,16 @@ This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled.
==============================================================
+hyperv_record_panic_msg:
+
+Controls whether the panic kmsg data should be reported to Hyper-V.
+
+0: do not report panic kmsg data.
+
+1: report the panic kmsg data. This is the default behavior.
+
+==============================================================
+
kexec_load_disabled:
A toggle indicating if the kexec_load syscall has been disabled. This
@@ -440,7 +464,8 @@ Notes:
1) kernel doesn't guarantee, that new object will have desired id. So,
it's up to userspace, how to handle an object with "wrong" id.
2) Toggle with non-default value will be set back to -1 by kernel after
-successful IPC object allocation.
+successful IPC object allocation. If an IPC object allocation syscall
+fails, it is undefined if the value remains unmodified or is reset to -1.
==============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
index e72853b6d725..7d73882e2c27 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ and don't use much of it.
The default value is 0.
See Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting.rst and
-mm/mmap.c::__vm_enough_memory() for more information.
+mm/util.c::__vm_enough_memory() for more information.
==============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
index 349f3104fa4f..ab100d6ee436 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
@@ -418,15 +418,6 @@ Current status:
why it is wise to cut down on the rate used is wise for large
transfers until this is settled.
-Options supported:
- If this driver is compiled as a module you can pass the following
- options to it:
- debug - extra verbose debugging info
- (default: 0; nonzero enables)
- use_lowlatency - use low_latency flag to speed up tty layer
- when reading from the device.
- (default: 0; nonzero enables)
-
See http://www.uuhaus.de/linux/palmconnect.html for up-to-date
information on this driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index cb8db4f9d097..c664064f76fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -835,11 +835,13 @@ struct kvm_clock_data {
Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS
Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW
-Architectures: x86
-Type: vm ioctl
+Architectures: x86, arm, arm64
+Type: vcpu ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (out)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+X86:
+
Gets currently pending exceptions, interrupts, and NMIs as well as related
states of the vcpu.
@@ -881,15 +883,64 @@ Only two fields are defined in the flags field:
- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM may be set in the flags field to signal that
smi contains a valid state.
+ARM/ARM64:
+
+If the guest accesses a device that is being emulated by the host kernel in
+such a way that a real device would generate a physical SError, KVM may make
+a virtual SError pending for that VCPU. This system error interrupt remains
+pending until the guest takes the exception by unmasking PSTATE.A.
+
+Running the VCPU may cause it to take a pending SError, or make an access that
+causes an SError to become pending. The event's description is only valid while
+the VPCU is not running.
+
+This API provides a way to read and write the pending 'event' state that is not
+visible to the guest. To save, restore or migrate a VCPU the struct representing
+the state can be read then written using this GET/SET API, along with the other
+guest-visible registers. It is not possible to 'cancel' an SError that has been
+made pending.
+
+A device being emulated in user-space may also wish to generate an SError. To do
+this the events structure can be populated by user-space. The current state
+should be read first, to ensure no existing SError is pending. If an existing
+SError is pending, the architecture's 'Multiple SError interrupts' rules should
+be followed. (2.5.3 of DDI0587.a "ARM Reliability, Availability, and
+Serviceability (RAS) Specification").
+
+SError exceptions always have an ESR value. Some CPUs have the ability to
+specify what the virtual SError's ESR value should be. These systems will
+advertise KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR. In this case exception.has_esr will
+always have a non-zero value when read, and the agent making an SError pending
+should specify the ISS field in the lower 24 bits of exception.serror_esr. If
+the system supports KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR, but user-space sets the events
+with exception.has_esr as zero, KVM will choose an ESR.
+
+Specifying exception.has_esr on a system that does not support it will return
+-EINVAL. Setting anything other than the lower 24bits of exception.serror_esr
+will return -EINVAL.
+
+struct kvm_vcpu_events {
+ struct {
+ __u8 serror_pending;
+ __u8 serror_has_esr;
+ /* Align it to 8 bytes */
+ __u8 pad[6];
+ __u64 serror_esr;
+ } exception;
+ __u32 reserved[12];
+};
+
4.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS
Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS
Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW
-Architectures: x86
-Type: vm ioctl
+Architectures: x86, arm, arm64
+Type: vcpu ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+X86:
+
Set pending exceptions, interrupts, and NMIs as well as related states of the
vcpu.
@@ -910,6 +961,13 @@ shall be written into the VCPU.
KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM can only be set if KVM_CAP_X86_SMM is available.
+ARM/ARM64:
+
+Set the pending SError exception state for this VCPU. It is not possible to
+'cancel' an Serror that has been made pending.
+
+See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure.
+
4.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS
@@ -3561,6 +3619,62 @@ Returns: 0 on success,
-ENOENT on deassign if the conn_id isn't registered
-EEXIST on assign if the conn_id is already registered
+4.114 KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_nested_state (in/out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+Errors:
+ E2BIG: the total state size (including the fixed-size part of struct
+ kvm_nested_state) exceeds the value of 'size' specified by
+ the user; the size required will be written into size.
+
+struct kvm_nested_state {
+ __u16 flags;
+ __u16 format;
+ __u32 size;
+ union {
+ struct kvm_vmx_nested_state vmx;
+ struct kvm_svm_nested_state svm;
+ __u8 pad[120];
+ };
+ __u8 data[0];
+};
+
+#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_GUEST_MODE 0x00000001
+#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_RUN_PENDING 0x00000002
+
+#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_SMM_GUEST_MODE 0x00000001
+#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_SMM_VMXON 0x00000002
+
+struct kvm_vmx_nested_state {
+ __u64 vmxon_pa;
+ __u64 vmcs_pa;
+
+ struct {
+ __u16 flags;
+ } smm;
+};
+
+This ioctl copies the vcpu's nested virtualization state from the kernel to
+userspace.
+
+The maximum size of the state, including the fixed-size part of struct
+kvm_nested_state, can be retrieved by passing KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE to
+the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl().
+
+4.115 KVM_SET_NESTED_STATE
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_nested_state (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+This copies the vcpu's kvm_nested_state struct from userspace to the kernel. For
+the definition of struct kvm_nested_state, see KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE.
5. The kvm_run structure
------------------------
@@ -4634,3 +4748,17 @@ This capability indicates that KVM supports paravirtualized Hyper-V TLB Flush
hypercalls:
HvFlushVirtualAddressSpace, HvFlushVirtualAddressSpaceEx,
HvFlushVirtualAddressList, HvFlushVirtualAddressListEx.
+
+8.19 KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR
+
+Architectures: arm, arm64
+
+This capability indicates that userspace can specify (via the
+KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS ioctl) the syndrome value reported to the guest when it
+takes a virtual SError interrupt exception.
+If KVM advertises this capability, userspace can only specify the ISS field for
+the ESR syndrome. Other parts of the ESR, such as the EC are generated by the
+CPU when the exception is taken. If this virtual SError is taken to EL1 using
+AArch64, this value will be reported in the ISS field of ESR_ELx.
+
+See KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS for more details.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt
index ab022dcd0911..97ca1940a0dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt
@@ -62,6 +62,10 @@ KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT || 10 || paravirtualized async PF VM exit
|| || can be enabled by setting bit 2
|| || when writing to msr 0x4b564d02
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+KVM_FEATURE_PV_SEND_IPI || 11 || guest checks this feature bit
+ || || before using paravirtualized
+ || || send IPIs.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE_STABLE_BIT || 24 || host will warn if no guest-side
|| || per-cpu warps are expected in
|| || kvmclock.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt
index 2408ab720ef7..ff290b43c8e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.txt
@@ -100,6 +100,14 @@ Groups:
Note that distributor fields are not banked, but return the same value
regardless of the mpidr used to access the register.
+ GICD_IIDR.Revision is updated when the KVM implementation is changed in a
+ way directly observable by the guest or userspace. Userspace should read
+ GICD_IIDR from KVM and write back the read value to confirm its expected
+ behavior is aligned with the KVM implementation. Userspace should set
+ GICD_IIDR before setting any other registers to ensure the expected
+ behavior.
+
+
The GICD_STATUSR and GICR_STATUSR registers are architecturally defined such
that a write of a clear bit has no effect, whereas a write with a set bit
clears that value. To allow userspace to freely set the values of these two
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt
index b3ce12643553..97b6518148f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt
@@ -49,9 +49,15 @@ Groups:
index is specified with the vcpu_index field. Note that most distributor
fields are not banked, but return the same value regardless of the
vcpu_index used to access the register.
- Limitations:
- - Priorities are not implemented, and registers are RAZ/WI
- - Currently only implemented for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2.
+
+ GICD_IIDR.Revision is updated when the KVM implementation of an emulated
+ GICv2 is changed in a way directly observable by the guest or userspace.
+ Userspace should read GICD_IIDR from KVM and write back the read value to
+ confirm its expected behavior is aligned with the KVM implementation.
+ Userspace should set GICD_IIDR before setting any other registers (both
+ KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS and KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CPU_REGS) to ensure
+ the expected behavior. Unless GICD_IIDR has been set from userspace, writes
+ to the interrupt group registers (GICD_IGROUPR) are ignored.
Errors:
-ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported
-EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running
@@ -94,9 +100,6 @@ Groups:
use the lower 5 bits to communicate with the KVM device and must shift the
value left by 3 places to obtain the actual priority mask level.
- Limitations:
- - Priorities are not implemented, and registers are RAZ/WI
- - Currently only implemented for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2.
Errors:
-ENXIO: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported
-EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt
index a890529c63ed..da24c138c8d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt
@@ -121,3 +121,23 @@ compute the CLOCK_REALTIME for its clock, at the same instant.
Returns KVM_EOPNOTSUPP if the host does not use TSC clocksource,
or if clock type is different than KVM_CLOCK_PAIRING_WALLCLOCK.
+
+6. KVM_HC_SEND_IPI
+------------------------
+Architecture: x86
+Status: active
+Purpose: Send IPIs to multiple vCPUs.
+
+a0: lower part of the bitmap of destination APIC IDs
+a1: higher part of the bitmap of destination APIC IDs
+a2: the lowest APIC ID in bitmap
+a3: APIC ICR
+
+The hypercall lets a guest send multicast IPIs, with at most 128
+128 destinations per hypercall in 64-bit mode and 64 vCPUs per
+hypercall in 32-bit mode. The destinations are represented by a
+bitmap contained in the first two arguments (a0 and a1). Bit 0 of
+a0 corresponds to the APIC ID in the third argument (a2), bit 1
+corresponds to the APIC ID a2+1, and so on.
+
+Returns the number of CPUs to which the IPIs were delivered successfully.
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2438 b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2438
index b99f3674c5b4..e64f65a09387 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2438
+++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2438
@@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ vad: general purpose A/D input (VAD)
vdd: battery input (VDD)
After the voltage conversion the value is returned as decimal ASCII.
-Note: The value is in mV, so to get a volts the value has to be divided by 10.
+Note: To get a volts the value has to be divided by 100.